Kernel commits
39f75da7bcc8 ("isystem: trim/fixup stdarg.h and other headers")
c0891ac15f04 ("isystem: ship and use stdarg.h")
564f963eabd1 ("isystem: delete global -isystem compile option")
(for now can be found in linux-next.git tree, will land into the
Linus' tree during the ongoing 5.15 cycle with one of akpm merges)
removed the -isystem flag and disallowed the inclusion of any
compiler header files. They also introduced a minimal
<linux/stdarg.h> as a replacement for <stdarg.h>.
include/os/linux/spl/sys/cmn_err.h in the ZFS source tree includes
<stdarg.h> unconditionally. Introduce a test for <linux/stdarg.h>
and include it instead of the compiler's one to prevent module
build breakage.
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Closes#12531
The 5.15 kernel moved the backing_dev_info structure out of
the request queue structure which causes a build failure.
Rather than look in the new location for the BDI we instead
detect this upstream refactoring by the existance of either
the blk_queue_update_readahead() or disk_update_readahead()
functions. In either case, there's no longer any reason to
manually set the ra_pages value since it will be overridden
with a reasonable default (2x the block size) when
blk_queue_io_opt() is called.
Therefore, we update the compatibility wrapper to do nothing
for 5.9 and newer kernels. While it's tempting to do the
same for older kernels we want to keep the compatibility
code to preserve the existing behavior. Removing it would
effectively increase the default readahead to 128k.
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#12532
zpool_disable_datasets_os():
macOS needs to do a bunch of work to kick everything off zvols.
zfs_unmount_os():
This allows us to unmount any zvols that may be mounted. Like with
zfs destroy foo/vol
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#12436
It turns out that layouts of union bitfields are a pain, and the
current code results in an inconsistent layout between BE and LE
systems, leading to zstd-active datasets on one erroring out on
the other.
Switch everyone over to the LE layout, and add compatibility code
to read both.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Closes#12008Closes#12022
Previously, zpool-iostat did not display any data regarding rebuild I/Os
in either the latency/size histograms (-w/-l/-r) or the queue data (-q).
This fix essentially utilizes the existing infrastructure for tracking
rebuild queue data and displays this data in the proper places within
zpool-iostat's output.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Bautista <tbautista@newmexicoconsortium.org>
Signed-off-by: Trevor Bautista <tbautista@lanl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Trevor Bautista <tbautista@newmexicoconsortium.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Linux 4.11 added a new statx system call that allows us to expose crtime
as btime. We do this by caching crtime in the znode to match how atime,
ctime and mtime are cached in the inode.
statx also introduced a new way of reporting whether the immutable,
append and nodump bits have been set. It adds support for reporting
compression and encryption, but the semantics on other filesystems is
not just to report compression/encryption, but to allow it to be turned
on/off at the file level. We do not support that.
We could implement semantics where we refuse to allow user modification
of the bit, but we would need to do a dnode_hold() in zfs_znode_alloc()
to find out encryption/compression information. That would introduce
locking that will have a minor (although unmeasured) performance cost.
It also would be inferior to zdb, which reports far more detailed
information. We therefore omit reporting of encryption/compression
through statx in favor of recommending that users interested in such
information use zdb.
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Closes#8507
When a header is allocated for full overwrite it is a waste of time
to allocate b_pabd/b_rabd for it, since arc_write() will free them
without ever being touched. If it is a read or a partial overwrite
then arc_read() and arc_hdr_decrypt() allocate them explicitly.
Reduced memory allocation in user threads also reduces ARC eviction
throttling there, proportionally increasing it in ZIO threads, that
is not good. To minimize or even avoid it introduce ARC allocation
reserve, allowing certain arc_get_data_abd() callers to allocate a
bit longer in situations where user threads will already throttle.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12398
Many things has changed since previous default was set many years ago.
Nowadays 8KB does not allow adequate compression or even decent space
efficiency on many of pools due to 4KB disk physical block rounding,
especially on RAIDZ and DRAID. It effectively limits write throughput
to only 2-3GB/s (250-350K blocks/s) due to sync thread, allocation,
vdev queue and other block rate bottlenecks. It keeps L2ARC expensive
despite many optimizations and dedup just unrealistic.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12406
Instead of clearing stats inside arc_buf_alloc_impl() do it inside
arc_hdr_alloc() and arc_release(). It fixes statistics being wiped
every time a new dbuf is filled from the ARC.
Remove b_l1hdr.b_l2_hits. L2ARC hits are accounted at b_l2hdr.b_hits.
Since the hits are accounted under hash lock, replace atomics with
simple increments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12422
Use atomic_load_64() for zfs_refcount_count() to prevent torn reads
on 32-bit platforms. On 64-bit ones it should not change anything.
When built with ZFS_DEBUG but running without tracking enabled use
atomics instead of mutexes same as for builds without ZFS_DEBUG.
Since rc_tracked can't change live we can check it without lock.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12420
Before OpenZFS 2.0, trying to set the FreeBSD sysctl vfs.zfs.arc_max
to a disallowed value would return an error.
Since the switch, it instead only generates WARN_IF_TUNING_IGNORED
Keep the ability to set the sysctl's specifically to 0, even though
that is less than the minimum, because some tests depend on this.
Also lost, was the ability to set vfs.zfs.arc_max to a value less
than the default vfs.zfs.arc_min at boot time. Restore this as well.
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#12161
Run arc_evict thread at higher priority, nice=0, to give it more CPU
time which can improve performance for workload with high ARC evict
activities.
On mixed read/write and sequential read workloads, I've seen between
10-40% better performance.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Closes#12397
It is wrong for arc_write_ready() to use zfs_abd_scatter_enabled to
decide whether to reallocate/copy the buffer, because the answer is
OS-specific and depends on the buffer size. Instead of that use
abd_size_alloc_linear(), moved into public header.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12425
The __NORETURN, __CONST, and __PURE macros in the FreeBSD platform
code were based on the __sun_attr__ macro which was removed in
commit 5dbf6c5a6. This caused a build failure because the
__NORETURN macro was still used in one place in kernel code.
The __CONST and __PURE macros were entirely unused.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#12435
These were mostly used to annotate do {} while(0)s
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Issue #12201
Remove mc_lock use from metaslab_class_throttle_*(). The math there
is based on refcounts and so atomic, so the only race possible there
is between zfs_refcount_count() and zfs_refcount_add(). But in most
cases metaslab_class_throttle_reserve() is called with the allocator
lock held, which covers the race. In cases where the lock is not
held, GANG_ALLOCATION() or METASLAB_MUST_RESERVE are set, and so we
do not use zfs_refcount_count(). And even if we assume some other
non-existing scenario, the worst that may happen from this race is
few more I/Os get to allocation earlier, that is not a problem.
Move locks and data of different allocators into different cache
lines to avoid false sharing. Group spa_alloc_* arrays together
into single array of aligned struct spa_alloc spa_allocs. Align
struct metaslab_class_allocator.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12314
* Add Module Parameters Regarding Log Size Limit
zfs_wrlog_data_max
The upper limit of TX_WRITE log data. Once it is reached,
write operation is blocked, until log data is cleared out
after txg sync. It only counts TX_WRITE log with WR_COPIED
or WR_NEED_COPY.
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: jxdking <lostking2008@hotmail.com>
Closes#12284
Remove unneeded global, practically constant, state pointer variables
(arc_anon, arc_mru, etc.), replacing them with macros of real state
variables addresses (&ARC_anon, &ARC_mru, etc.).
Change ARC_EVICT_ALL from -1ULL to UINT64_MAX, not requiring special
handling in inner loop of ARC reclamation. Respectively change bytes
argument of arc_evict_state() from int64_t to uint64_t.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12348
* zio: avoid callback typecasting
* zil: avoid zil_itxg_clean() callback typecasting
* zpl: decouple zpl_readpage() into two separate callbacks
* nvpair: explicitly declare callbacks for xdr_array()
* linux/zfs_nvops: don't use external iput() as a callback
* zcp_synctask: don't use fnvlist_free() as a callback
* zvol: don't use ops->zv_free() as a callback for taskq_dispatch()
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Closes#12260
Move HAVE_LARGE_STACKS definitions to header and set when appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Bowling <kbowling@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12350
Most of dsl_dir_diduse_space() and dsl_dir_transfer_space() CPU time
is a dd_lock overhead and time spent in dmu_buf_will_dirty(). Calling
them one after another is a waste of time and even more contention.
Doing that twice for each rewritten block within dbuf_write_done()
via dsl_dataset_block_kill() and dsl_dataset_block_born() created one
of the biggest CPU overheads in case of small blocks rewrite.
dsl_dir_diduse_transfer_space() combines functionality of these two
functions for cases where it is needed, but without double overhead,
practically for the cost of dsl_dir_diduse_space() or even cheaper.
While there, optimize dsl_dir_phys() calls in dsl_dir_diduse_space()
and dsl_dir_transfer_space(). It seems Clang detects some aliasing
there, repeating dd->dd_dbuf->db_data dereference multiple times,
increasing dd_lock scope and contention.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Author: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12300
arc_evict_hdr() returns number of evicted bytes in scope of specific
state. For ghost states it does not mean the amount of really freed
memory, but the logical buffer size. It is correct for the eviction
process, but not for waking up threads waiting for ARC size reduction,
as added in "Revise ARC shrinker algorithm" commit, causing premature
wakeups while ARC is still overflowed, allowing even bigger overflow,
plus processing overhead when next allocation will also get blocked,
probably also for too short time.
To fix that make arc_evict_hdr() also return the amount of really
freed memory, which for the ghost states is only the header, and use
it to update arc_evict_count instead. Originally I was thinking to
not return it at all, since arc_get_data_impl() does not account for
the headers, but decided that some slow allocation progress is better
than long waits, reaching on my tests up to 100ms.
To reduce negative latency effects of long time periods when reclaim
thread can free little real memory, start reclamation process earlier,
before we actually reached the overflow threshold, when we have to
throttle new allocations. We can also do it without taking global
arc_evict_lock, reducing the contention.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12279
Callers of zfs_file_get and zfs_file_put can corrupt the reference
counts for the file structure resulting in a panic or a soft lockup.
When zfs send/recv runs, it will add a reference count to the
open file, and begin to send or recv the stream. If the file descriptor
is closed, then when dmu_recv_stream() or dmu_send() return we will
call zfs_file_put to remove the reference we placed on the file
structure. Unfortunately, because zfs_file_put() uses the file
descriptor to lookup the file structure, it may end up finding that
the file descriptor table no longer contains the file struct, thus
leaking the file structure. Or it might end up finding a file
descriptor for a different file and blindly updating its reference
counts. Other failure modes probably exists.
This change reworks the zfs_file_[get|put] interface to not rely
on the file descriptor but instead pass the zfs_file_t pointer around.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Co-authored-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-76119
Closes#12299
Missed a couple of strcpy() in earlier commit, this is only used with
--enable-debug.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#12311
It makes no sense to set it below PAGE_SIZE, since it increases all
overheads and makes returning memory to OS problematic. It makes no
sense to set it above PAGE_SIZE, since such allocations and especially
frees are too expensive and cause KVA fragmentation to benefit from
fewer chunks. After that it makes no sense to keep more complicated
math here.
What may have sense though is just a tunable border between linear and
scatter ABDs, previously also controlled by this tunable. Retain that
functionality by taking abd_scatter_min_size tunable from Linux, just
with different default value.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12328
This field is used only by illumos mdb. On other platforms it only
increases the struct size from 32 to 40 bytes. For struct vdev_queue
including 13 instances of avl_tree_t size means active cache lines.
Keep the padding in user-space for now to not break the ABI.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12290
With default dbuf cache size of 1/32 of ARC, it makes no sense to have
hash table of the same size (or even bigger on Linux). Reduce it to
1/8 of ARC's one, still leaving some slack, assuming higher I/O rate
via dbuf cache than via ARC.
Remove padding from ARC hash locks array. The idea behind padding
is to avoid false sharing between locks. It would have sense if
there would be a limited number of very busy locks. But since we
have no limit on the number, using the same memory for more locks we
can achieve even lower lock contention with the same false sharing,
or we can use less memory for the same contention level.
Reduce number of hash locks from 8192 to 2048. The number is still
big enough to not cause contention, but reduced memory size improves
cache hit rate for mutex_tryenter() in ARC eviction thread, saving
about 1% of the thread time.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12289
Fix a leak of abd_t that manifested mostly when using
raidzN with at least as many columns as N (e.g. a
four-disk raidz2 but not a three-disk raidz2).
Sufficiently heavy raidz use would eventually run a system
out of memory.
Additionally:
* Switch abd_cache arena to FIRSTFIT, which empirically
improves perofrmance.
* Make abd_chunk_cache more performant and debuggable.
* Allocate the abd_zero_buf from abd_chunk_cache rather
than the heap.
* Don't try to reap non-existent qcaches in abd_cache arena.
* KM_PUSHPAGE->KM_SLEEP when allocating chunks from their
own arena
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Co-authored-by: Sean Doran <smd@use.net>
Closes#12295
Use dp_dirty_pertxg[] for txg_kick(), instead of dp_dirty_total in
original code. Extra parameter "txg" is added for txg_kick(), thus it
knows which txg to kick. Also txg_kick() call is moved from
dsl_pool_need_dirty_delay() to dsl_pool_dirty_space() so that we can
know the txg number assigned for txg_kick().
Some unnecessary code regarding dp_dirty_total in txg_sync_thread() is
also cleaned up.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: jxdking <lostking2008@hotmail.com>
Closes#12274
The only reason for spa_config_*() to use refcount instead of simple
non-atomic (thanks to scl_lock) variable for scl_count is tracking,
hard disabled for the last 8 years. Switch to simple int scl_count
reduces the lock hold time by avoiding atomic, plus makes structure
fit into single cache line, reducing the locks contention.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12287
prng32_bounded() is available to kernel only on FreeBSD 13+.
Call inline random_get_pseudo_bytes() with correct pointer type.
To be consistent, apply to Linux as well.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#12282
Compiling with gcc 11.1.0 produces three new warnings.
Change the code slightly to avoid them.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Closes#12130Closes#12188Closes#12237
ZFS loves using %llu for uint64_t, but that requires a cast to not
be noisy - which is even done in many, though not all, places.
Also a couple places used %u for uint64_t, which were promoted
to %llu.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Closes#12233
In all places except two spa_get_random() is used for small values,
and the consumers do not require well seeded high quality values.
Switch those two exceptions directly to random_get_pseudo_bytes()
and optimize spa_get_random(), renaming it to random_in_range(),
since it is not related to SPA or ZFS in general.
On FreeBSD directly map random_in_range() to new prng32_bounded() KPI
added in FreeBSD 13. On Linux and in user-space just reduce the type
used to uint32_t to avoid more expensive 64bit division.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12183
wmsum was designed exactly for cases like these with many updates
and rare reads. It allows to completely avoid atomic operations on
congested global variables.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12172
This commit partially reverts changes to multilists in PR 7968
(multi-threaded spa-sync()) and adds some cache line alignments to
separate read-only multilists and heavily modified refcount's to different
cache lines.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-by: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12158
This mostly reverts "3537 want pool io kstats" commit of 8 years ago.
From one side this code using pool-wide locks became pretty bad for
performance, creating significant lock contention in I/O pipeline.
From another, there are more efficient ways now to obtain detailed
statistics, while this statistics is illumos-specific and much less
usable on Linux and FreeBSD, reported only via procfs/sysctls.
This commit does not remove KSTAT_TYPE_IO implementation, that may
be removed later together with already unused KSTAT_TYPE_INTR and
KSTAT_TYPE_TIMER.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12212
No symbols affected in libavl
No symbols affected by libtpool, but pre-ANSI declarations got purged
No symbols affected by libzfs_core
No symbols affected by libzfs_bootenv
libefi got cleaned, gained efi_debug documentation in efi_partition.h,
and removes one undocumented and unused symbol from libzfs_core:
D default_vtoc_map
libnvpair saw removal of these symbols:
D nv_alloc_nosleep_def
D nv_alloc_sleep
D nv_alloc_sleep_def
D nv_fixed_ops_def
D nvlist_hashtable_init_size
D nvpair_max_recursion
libshare saw removal of these symbols from libzfs:
T libshare_nfs_init
T libshare_smb_init
T register_fstype
B smb_shares
libzutil saw removal of these internal symbols from libzfs_core:
T label_paths
T slice_cache_compare
T zpool_find_import_blkid
T zpool_open_func
T zutil_alloc
T zutil_strdup
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12191
It's present (but undocumented) in the illumos gate and used exclusively
by rmformat(1) (which I recommend as a nice blast from the past),
and also the math assumes 512B sectors and is therefore wrong
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12191
`getfsstat(2)` is used to retrieve the list of mounted file systems,
which libzfs uses when fetching properties like mountpoint, atime,
setuid, etc. The `mode` parameter may be `MNT_NOWAIT`, which uses
information in the VFS's cache, or `MNT_WAIT`, which effectively does a
`statfs` on every single mounted file system in order to fetch the most
up-to-date information. As far as I can tell, the only fields that
libzfs cares about are the filesystem's name, mountpoint, fstypename,
and mount flags. Those things are always updated on mount and unmount,
so they will always be accurate in the VFS's mount cache except in two
circumstances:
1) When a file system is busy unmounting
2) When a ZFS file system changes the value of a mount-overridable
property like atime or setuid, but doesn't remount the file system.
Right now that only happens when the property is changed by an
unprivileged user who has delegated authority to change the property
but not to mount the dataset. But perhaps libzfs could choose to do
it for other reasons in the future.
Switching to `MNT_NOWAIT` will greatly improve speed with no downside,
as long as we explicitly update the mount cache whenever we change a
mount-overridable property.
For comparison, Illumos gets this information using the native
`getmntany` and `getmntent` functions, which also use cached
information. The illumos function that would refresh the cache,
`resetmnttab`, is never called by libzfs.
And on GNU/Linux, `getmntany` and `getmntent` don't even communicate
with the kernel directly. They simply parse the file they are given,
which is usually /etc/mtab or /proc/mounts. Perhaps the implementation
of /proc/mounts is synchronous, ala MNT_WAIT; I don't know.
Sponsored-by: Axcient
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com>
Closes: #12091
- Avoid atomic_add() when updating as_lower_bound/as_upper_bound.
Previous code was excessively strong on 64bit systems while not
strong enough on 32bit ones. Instead introduce and use real
atomic_load() and atomic_store() operations, just an assignments
on 64bit machines, but using proper atomics on 32bit ones to avoid
torn reads/writes.
- Reduce number of buckets on large systems. Extra buckets not as
much improve add speed, as hurt reads. Unlike wmsum for aggsum
reads are still important.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12145
Also mark all printf-like funxions in libzfs_impl.h as printf-like
and add --no-show-locs to storeabi, in hopes diffs will make more sense
in future
This removes these symbols from libzfs:
D nfs_only
T SHA256Init
T SHA2Final
T SHA2Init
T SHA2Update
T SHA384Init
T SHA512Init
D share_all_proto
D smb_only
T zfs_is_shared_proto
W zpool_mount_datasets
W zpool_unmount_datasets
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12048
Exporting names this short can easily cause nasty collisions with user code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12050
These are used by userspace, so should live in a public header
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12116
wmsum counters are a reduced version of aggsum counters, optimized for
write-mostly scenarios. They do not provide optimized read functions,
but instead allow much cheaper add function. The primary usage is
infrequently read statistic counters, not requiring exact precision.
The Linux implementation is directly mapped into percpu_counter KPI.
The FreeBSD implementation is directly mapped into counter(9) KPI.
In user-space due to lack of better implementation mapped to aggsum.
Unfortunately neither Linux percpu_counter nor FreeBSD counter(9)
provide sufficient functionality to completelly replace aggsum, so
it still remains to be used for several hot counters.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#12114
Just like #12087, the set_acl signature changed with all the bolted-on
*userns parameters, which disabled set_acl usage, and caused #12076.
Turn zpl_set_acl into zpl_set_acl and zpl_set_acl_impl, and add a
new configure test for the new version.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Closes#12076Closes#12093
This change addresses two distinct scenarios which are possible
when performing a sequential resilver to a dRAID pool with vdevs
that contain silent unknown damage. Which in this circumstance
took the form of the devices being intentionally overwritten with
zeros. However, it could also result from a device returning incorrect
data while a sequential resilver was in progress.
Scenario 1) A sequential resilver is performed while all of the
dRAID vdevs are ONLINE and there is silent damage present on the
vdev being resilvered. In this case, nothing will be repaired
by vdev_raidz_io_done_reconstruct_known_missing() because
rc->rc_error isn't set on any of the raid columns. To address
this vdev_draid_io_start_read() has been updated to always mark
the resilvering column as ESTALE for sequential resilver IO.
Scenario 2) Multiple columns contain silent damage for the same
block and a sequential resilver is performed. In this case it's
impossible to generate the correct data from parity unless all of
the damaged columns are being sequentially resilvered (and thus
only good data is used to generate parity). This is as expected
and there's nothing which can be done about it. However, we need
to be careful not to make to situation worse. Since we can't
verify the data is actually good without a checksum, we must
only repair the devices which are being sequentially resilvered.
Otherwise, an incorrect repair to a device which previously
contained good data could effectively lock in the damage and
make reconstruction impossible. A check for this was added to
vdev_raidz_io_done_verified() along with a new test case.
Lastly, this change updates the redundancy_draid_spare1 and
redundancy_draid_spare3 test cases to be more representative
of normal dRAID replacement operation. Specifically, what we
care about is that the scrub run after a sequential resilver
does not find additional blocks which need repair. This would
indicate the sequential resilver failed to rebuild a section of
one of the devices. Note also the tests were switched to using
the verify_pool() function which still checks for checksum errors.
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#12061
Add support for http and https to the keylocation properly to
allow encryption keys to be fetched from the specified URL.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Issue #9543Closes#9947Closes#11956
Linux kernel commit 0f00b82e5413571ed225ddbccad6882d7ea60bc7 removes the
revalidate_disk() handler from struct block_device_operations. This
caused a regression, and this commit eliminates the call to it and the
assignment in the block_device_operations static handler assignment
code, when configure identifies that the kernel doesn't support that
API handler.
Reviewed-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#11967Closes#11977
Reviewed-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11972
zfs_zevent_console committed multiple printk()s per line without
properly continuing them ‒ a single event could easily be fragmented
across over thirty lines, making it useless for direct application
zfs_zevent_cols exists purely to wrap the output from zfs_zevent_console
The niche this was supposed to fill can be better served by something
akin to the all-syslog ZEDLET
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#7082Closes#11996
Afterward, git grep ZoL matches:
* README.md: * [ZoL Site](https://zfsonlinux.org)
- Correct
* etc/default/zfs.in:# ZoL userland configuration.
- Changing this would induce a needless upgrade-check,
if the user has modified the configuration;
this can be updated the next time the defaults change
* module/zfs/dmu_send.c: * ZoL < 0.7 does not handle [...]
- Before 0.7 is ZoL, so fair enough
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Issue #11956
IS_XATTRDIR is never used.
v_count is only used in two places, one immediately followed by the
use of the real name, v_usecount.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#11973
This change adds SIGSTOP and SIGTSTP handling to the issig function;
this mirrors its behavior on Solaris. This way, long running kernel
tasks can be stopped with the appropriate signals. Note that doing
so with ctrl-z on the command line doesn't return control of the tty
to the shell, because tty handling is done separately from stopping
the process. That can be future work, if people feel that it is a
necessary addition.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Issue #810
Issue #10843Closes#11801
All users did a freopen() on it. Even some non-users did!
This is point-less ‒ just open the mtab when needed
If I understand Solaris' getextmntent(3C) correctly, the non-user
freopen()s are very likely an odd, twisted vestigial tail of that ‒
but it's got a completely different calling convention and caching
semantics than any platform we support
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11868
Remove vestigial uu_open_tmp(). The problems with this implementation
are many, but the primary one is the TMPPATHFMT macro, which is
unused, and always has been.
Searching around for any users leads only to earlier imports of the
same, identical file, i.a. into an apple repository (which does patch
gethrtime() into it and gives us a copyright date of 2007),
and a MidnightBSD one from 2008.
Searching illumos-gate, uu_open_tmp appears, in current HEAD, three
times: in the header, libuutil's mapfile ABI, and the implementation.
This slowly grows up to eight occurrences as one moves back to the root
"OpenSolaris Launch" commit: the header, implementation, twice in
libuutil's spec ABI, twice (with multilib and non-multilib paths) in
libuutil.so's i386 and SPARC binary db ABIs.
That's 2005, and this file was abandonware even then, it's dead code.
The situation is similar for the uu_dprintf() family of functions and
uu_dump(). Nothing in accessibly recorded history has ever used them.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11873
Several improvements to the operation of the 'compatibility' property:
1) Improved handling of unrecognized features:
Change the way unrecognized features in compatibility files are handled.
* invalid features in files under /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d
only get a warning (as these may refer to future features not yet in
the library),
* invalid features in files under /etc/zfs/compatibility.d
get an error (as these are presumed to refer to the current system).
2) Improved error reporting from zpool_load_compat.
Note: slight ABI change to zpool_load_compat for better error reporting.
3) compatibility=legacy inhibits all 'zpool upgrade' operations.
4) Detect when features are enabled outside current compatibility set
* zpool set compatibility=foo <-- print a warning
* zpool set feature@xxx=enabled <-- error
* zpool status <-- indicate this state
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
Closes#11861
As found by
git grep -E '(open|setmntent|pipe2?)\(' |
grep -vE '((zfs|zpool)_|fd|dl|lzc_re|pidfile_|g_)open\('
FreeBSD's pidfile_open() says nothing about the flags of the files it
opens, but we can't do anything about it anyway; the implementation does
open all files with O_CLOEXEC
Consider this output with zpool.d/media appended with
"pid=$$; (ls -l /proc/$pid/fd > /dev/tty)":
$ /sbin/zpool iostat -vc media
lrwx------ 0 -> /dev/pts/0
l-wx------ 1 -> 'pipe:[3278500]'
l-wx------ 2 -> /dev/null
lrwx------ 3 -> /dev/zfs
lr-x------ 4 -> /proc/31895/mounts
lrwx------ 5 -> /dev/zfs
lr-x------ 10 -> /usr/lib/zfs-linux/zpool.d/media
vs
$ ./zpool iostat -vc vendor,upath,iostat,media
lrwx------ 0 -> /dev/pts/0
l-wx------ 1 -> 'pipe:[3279887]'
l-wx------ 2 -> /dev/null
lr-x------ 10 -> /usr/lib/zfs-linux/zpool.d/media
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11866
A tentative implementation and discussion was done in #5285.
According to it a send --skip-missing|-s flag has been added.
In a replication stream, when there are snapshots missing in
the hierarchy, if -s is provided print a warning and ignore
dataset (and its children) instead of throwing an error
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Correa Gómez <ablocorrea@hotmail.com>
Closes#11710
When a rebuild completes it will automatically schedule a follow up
scrub to verify all of the block checksums. Before setting up the
scrub execute the counterpart dsl_scan_setup_check() function to
confirm the scrub can be started. Prior to this change we'd only
check vdev_rebuild_active() which isn't as comprehensive, and using
the check function keeps all of this logic in one place.
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11849
Just as delay zevents can flood the zevent pipe when a vdev becomes
unresponsive, so do the deadman zevents.
Ratelimit deadman zevents according to the same tunable as for delay
zevents.
Enable deadman tests on FreeBSD and add a test for deadman event
ratelimiting.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11786
Correct an assortment of typos throughout the code base.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#11774
For gang blocks, `DVA_GET_ASIZE()` is the total space allocated for the
gang DVA including its children BP's. The space allocated at each DVA's
vdev/offset is `vdev_psize_to_asize(vd, SPA_GANGBLOCKSIZE)`.
This commit makes this relationship more clear by using a helper
function, `vdev_gang_header_asize()`, for the space allocated at the
gang block's vdev/offset.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11744
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#11775
To make better predictions on parallel workloads dmu_zfetch() should
be called as early as possible to reduce possible request reordering.
In particular, it should be called before dmu_buf_hold_array_by_dnode()
calls dbuf_hold(), which may sleep waiting for indirect blocks, waking
up multiple threads same time on completion, that can significantly
reorder the requests, making the stream look like random. But we
should not issue prefetch requests before the on-demand ones, since
they may get to the disks first despite the I/O scheduler, increasing
on-demand request latency.
This patch splits dmu_zfetch() into two functions: dmu_zfetch_prepare()
and dmu_zfetch_run(). The first can be executed as early as needed.
It only updates statistics and makes predictions without issuing any
I/Os. The I/O issuance is handled by dmu_zfetch_run(), which can be
called later when all on-demand I/Os are already issued. It even
tracks the activity of other concurrent threads, issuing the prefetch
only when _all_ on-demand requests are issued.
For many years it was a big problem for storage servers, handling
deeper request queues from their clients, having to either serialize
consequential reads to make ZFS prefetcher usable, or execute the
incoming requests as-is and get almost no prefetch from ZFS, relying
only on deep enough prefetch by the clients. Benefits of those ways
varied, but neither was perfect. With this patch deeper queue
sequential read benchmarks with CrystalDiskMark from Windows via
iSCSI to FreeBSD target show me much better throughput with almost
100% prefetcher hit rate, comparing to almost zero before.
While there, I also removed per-stream zs_lock as useless, completely
covered by parent zf_lock. Also I reused zs_blocks refcount to track
zf_stream linkage of the stream, since I believe previous zs_fetch ==
NULL check in dmu_zfetch_stream_done() was racy.
Delete prefetch streams when they reach ends of files. It saves up
to 1KB of RAM per file, plus reduces searches through the stream list.
Block data prefetch (speculation and indirect block prefetch is still
done since they are cheaper) if all dbufs of the stream are already
in DMU cache. First cache miss immediately fires all the prefetch
that would be done for the stream by that time. It saves some CPU
time if same files within DMU cache capacity are read over and over.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#11652
If TX_WRITE is create on a file, and the file is later deleted and a new
directory is created on the same object id, it is possible that when
zil_commit happens, zfs_get_data will be called on the new directory.
This may result in panic as it tries to do range lock.
This patch fixes this issue by record the generation number during
zfs_log_write, so zfs_get_data can check if the object is valid.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#10593Closes#11682
It used to be required to pass a enum km_type to kmap_atomic() and
kunmap_atomic(), however this is no longer necessary and the wrappers
zfs_k(un)map_atomic removed these. This is confusing in the ABD code as
the struct abd_iter member iter_km no longer exists and the wrapper
macros simply compile them out.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#11768
In Linux 5.12, the filesystem API was modified to support ipmapped
mounts by adding a "struct user_namespace *" parameter to a number
functions and VFS handlers. This change adds the needed autoconf
macros to detect the new interfaces and updates the code appropriately.
This change does not add support for idmapped mounts, instead it
preserves the existing behavior by passing the initial user namespace
where needed. A subsequent commit will be required to add support
for idmapped mounted.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#11712
The RAIDZ and DRAID code is responsible for reporting checksum errors on
their child vdevs. Checksum errors represent events where a disk
returned data or parity that should have been correct, but was not. In
other words, these are instances of silent data corruption. The
checksum errors show up in the vdev stats (and thus `zpool status`'s
CKSUM column), and in the event log (`zpool events`).
Note, this is in contrast with the more common "noisy" errors where a
disk goes offline, in which case ZFS knows that the disk is bad and
doesn't try to read it, or the device returns an error on the requested
read or write operation.
RAIDZ/DRAID generate checksum errors via three code paths:
1. When RAIDZ/DRAID reconstructs a damaged block, checksum errors are
reported on any children whose data was not used during the
reconstruction. This is handled in `raidz_reconstruct()`. This is the
most common type of RAIDZ/DRAID checksum error.
2. When RAIDZ/DRAID is not able to reconstruct a damaged block, that
means that the data has been lost. The zio fails and an error is
returned to the consumer (e.g. the read(2) system call). This would
happen if, for example, three different disks in a RAIDZ2 group are
silently damaged. Since the damage is silent, it isn't possible to know
which three disks are damaged, so a checksum error is reported against
every child that returned data or parity for this read. (For DRAID,
typically only one "group" of children is involved in each io.) This
case is handled in `vdev_raidz_cksum_finish()`. This is the next most
common type of RAIDZ/DRAID checksum error.
3. If RAIDZ/DRAID is not able to reconstruct a damaged block (like in
case 2), but there happens to be additional copies of this block due to
"ditto blocks" (i.e. multiple DVA's in this blkptr_t), and one of those
copies is good, then RAIDZ/DRAID compares each sector of the data or
parity that it retrieved with the good data from the other DVA, and if
they differ then it reports a checksum error on this child. This
differs from case 2 in that the checksum error is reported on only the
subset of children that actually have bad data or parity. This case
happens very rarely, since normally only metadata has ditto blocks. If
the silent damage is extensive, there will be many instances of case 2,
and the pool will likely be unrecoverable.
The code for handling case 3 is considerably more complicated than the
other cases, for two reasons:
1. It needs to run after the main raidz read logic has completed. The
data RAIDZ read needs to be preserved until after the alternate DVA has
been read, which necessitates refcounts and callbacks managed by the
non-raidz-specific zio layer.
2. It's nontrivial to map the sections of data read by RAIDZ to the
correct data. For example, the correct data does not include the parity
information, so the parity must be recalculated based on the correct
data, and then compared to the parity that was read from the RAIDZ
children.
Due to the complexity of case 3, the rareness of hitting it, and the
minimal benefit it provides above case 2, this commit removes the code
for case 3. These types of errors will now be handled the same as case
2, i.e. the checksum error will be reported against all children that
returned data or parity.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11735
The `rr_code` field in `raidz_row_t` is unused.
This commit removes the field, as well as the code that's used to set
it.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11736
zhold() wraps igrab() on Linux, and igrab() may fail when the inode
is in the process of being deleted. This means zhold() must only be
called when a reference exists and therefore it cannot be deleted.
This is the case for all existing consumers so add a VERIFY and a
comment explaining this requirement.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Closes#11704
Resolve some oddities in zfsdev_close() which could result in a
panic and were not present in the equivalent function for Linux.
- Remove unused definition ZFS_MIN_MINOR
- FreeBSD: Simplify zfsdev state destruction
- Assert zs_minor is valid in zfsdev_close
- Make locking around zfsdev state match Linux
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11720
This deserializes otherwise non-contending operations.
The previous scheme of using 17 locks hashed by curthread runs into
conflicts very quickly. Check the pull request for sample results.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11153
This will allow platforms to implement it as they see fit, in particular
in a different manner than rrm locks.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11153
They are expected to fail only in corner cases.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11153
Add branch hints and constify the intermediate evaluations of
left/right params in VERIFY3*().
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Closes#11708
Some .h files that were added were missed in this Makefile. Since
they are .h files, their being missing only resulted in them
disappeared from the dist archive.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#11705
For some reason cppcheck 1.90 is generating an invalidSyntax warning
when the BF64_SET macro is used in the zstream source. The same
warning is not reported by cppcheck 2.3, nor is their any evident
problem with the expanded macro. This appears to be an issue with
this version of cppcheck. This commit annotates the source to suppress
the warning.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11700
The bio_*_acct functions became GPL exports, which causes the
kernel modules to refuse to compile. This replaces code with
alternate function calls to the disk_*_io_acct interfaces, which
are not GPL exports. This change was added in kernel commit
99dfc43ecbf67f12a06512918aaba61d55863efc.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#11639
This change modifies the behavior of how we determine how much slop
space to use in the pool, such that now it has an upper limit. The
default upper limit is 128G, but is configurable via a tunable.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Closes#11023
Making uio_impl.h the common header interface between Linux and FreeBSD
so both OS's can share a common header file. This also helps reduce code
duplication for zfs_uio_t for each OS.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#11622
Also fixes leak of the dlopen handle in the error case.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11602
Fix regression seen in issue #11545 where checksum errors
where not being counted or showing up in a zpool event.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#11609
Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility
with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences
the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man
page changes and test cases included.
Brief synopsis:
zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev...
compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features)
compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled
compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files.
Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the
resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to
/etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc
checked first).
Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status.
ABI changes in libzfs:
* New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets.
* Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status.
* Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum
* Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum
An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in
cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is
modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to
create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases.
Reviewed-by: ericloewe
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
Closes#11468
Rather than conditionally compiling out the edonr code for FreeBSD
update zfs_mod_supported_feature() to indicate this feature is
unsupported. This ensures that all spa features are defined on
every platform, even if they are not supported.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11605
Issue #11468
FreeBSD's zfsd fails to build after e2af2acce3 due to strict type
checking errors from the implicit conversion between bool and boolean_t
in the inline predicate definitions in abd.h.
Use conditionals to return the correct value type from these functions.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11592
zfs_znode_update_vfs is a more platform-agnostic name than
zfs_inode_update. Besides that, the function's prototype is moved to
include/sys/zfs_znode.h as the function is also used in common code.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ka Ho Ng <khng300@gmail.com>
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Closes#11580
This compatibility code is no longer needed. For it a while
iov_iter_init_compat() was used by zfs_uio_prefaultpages() but
this code should have been dropped as part of commit 83b91ae1.
Take care of that oversight and remove it.
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11543
ABD's currently track their parent/child relationship. This applies to
`abd_get_offset()` and `abd_borrow_buf()`. However, nothing depends on
knowing this relationship, it's only used for consistency checks to
verify that we are not destroying an ABD that's still in use. When we
are creating/destroying ABD's frequently, the performance impact of
maintaining these data structures (in particular the atomic
increment/decrement operations) can be measurable.
This commit removes this verification code on production builds, but
keeps it when ZFS_DEBUG is set.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11535
The runtime of vdev_validate is dominated by the disk accesses in
vdev_label_read_config. Speed it up by validating all vdevs in
parallel using a taskq.
Sponsored by: Axcient
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com>
Closes#11470
metaslab_init is the slowest part of importing a mature pool, and it
must be repeated hundreds of times for each top-level vdev. But its
speed is dominated by a few serialized disk accesses. That can lead to
import times of > 1 hour for pools with many top-level vdevs on spinny
disks.
Speed up the import by using a taskqueue to parallelize vdev_load across
all top-level vdevs.
This also requires adding mutex protection to
metaslab_class_t.mc_historgram. The mc_histogram fields were
unprotected when that code was first written in "Illumos 4976-4984 -
metaslab improvements" (OpenZFS
f3a7f6610f). The lock wasn't added until
3dfb57a35e, though it's unclear exactly
which fields it's supposed to protect. In any case, it wasn't until
vdev_load was parallelized that any code attempted concurrent access to
those fields.
Sponsored by: Axcient
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com>
Closes#11470
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11458
Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems:
1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few
seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the
ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively
impacts performance.
2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool
is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size.
This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB
or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can
take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the
ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait
while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance
impact.
3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of
128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(),
which has an enormous performance impact.
These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device
("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the
normal devices.
This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is
preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg,
spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is
similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the
above-mentioned performance problems.
Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each
one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds:
1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class)
2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class)
3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class)
The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between
0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop"
space that is not available for user data.
On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity,
and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random
8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3
above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be
arbitrarily large (>100x).
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11389
In FreeBSD the struct uio was just a typedef to uio_t. In order to
extend this struct, outside of the definition for the struct uio, the
struct uio has been embedded inside of a uio_t struct.
Also renamed all the uio_* interfaces to be zfs_uio_* to make it clear
this is a ZFS interface.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#11438
The `abd_get_offset_*()` routines create an abd_t that references
another abd_t, and doesn't allocate any pages/buffers of its own. In
some workloads, these routines may be called frequently, to create many
abd_t's representing small pieces of a single large abd_t. In
particular, the upcoming RAIDZ Expansion project makes heavy use of
these routines.
This commit adds the ability for the caller to allocate and provide the
abd_t struct to a variant of `abd_get_offset_*()`. This eliminates the
cost of allocating the abd_t and performing the accounting associated
with it (`abdstat_struct_size`). The RAIDZ/DRAID code uses this for
the `rc_abd`, which references the zio's abd. The upcoming RAIDZ
Expansion project will leverage this infrastructure to increase
performance of reads post-expansion by around 50%.
Additionally, some of the interfaces around creating and destroying
abd_t's are cleaned up. Most significantly, the distinction between
`abd_put()` and `abd_free()` is eliminated; all types of abd_t's are
now disposed of with `abd_free()`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Issue #8853Closes#11439
Each zfs ioctl that changes on-disk state (e.g. set property, create
snapshot, destroy filesystem) is recorded in the zpool history, and is
printed by `zpool history -i`.
For performance diagnostic purposes, it would be useful to know how long
each of these ioctls took to run. This commit adds that functionality,
with a new `ZPOOL_HIST_ELAPSED_NS` member of the history nvlist.
Additionally, the time recorded in this history log is currently the
time that the history record is written to disk. But in many cases (CLI
args logging and ioctl logging), this happens asynchronously,
potentially many seconds after the operation completed. This commit
changes the timestamp to reflect when the history event was created,
rather than when it was written to disk.
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11440
zfsdev_close sets zs_minor to -1 to avoid duplicate calls to
destroy. This doesn't mix well with the current u_int used.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11437
Build error on illumos with gcc 10 did reveal:
In function 'dmu_objset_refresh_ownership':
../../common/fs/zfs/dmu_objset.c:857:25: error: implicit conversion
from 'boolean_t' to 'ds_hold_flags_t' {aka 'enum ds_hold_flags'}
[-Werror=enum-conversion]
857 | dsl_dataset_disown(ds, decrypt, tag);
| ^~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
libzfs_input_check.c: In function 'zfs_ioc_input_tests':
libzfs_input_check.c:754:28: error: implicit conversion from
'enum dmu_objset_type' to 'enum lzc_dataset_type'
[-Werror=enum-conversion]
754 | err = lzc_create(dataset, DMU_OST_ZFS, NULL, NULL, 0);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
The same issue is present in openzfs, and also the same issue about
ds_hold_flags_t, which currently defines exactly one valid value.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes#11406
As of 5.11 the blk_register_region() and blk_unregister_region()
functions have been retired. This isn't a problem since add_disk()
has implicitly allocated minor numbers for a very long time.
Reviewed-by: Rafael Kitover <rkitover@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11387Closes#11390
The generic IO accounting functions have been removed in favor of the
bio_start_io_acct() and bio_end_io_acct() functions which provide a
better interface. These new functions were introduced in the 5.8
kernels but it wasn't until the 5.11 kernel that the previous generic
IO accounting interfaces were removed.
This commit updates the blk_generic_*_io_acct() wrappers to provide
and interface similar to the updated kernel interface. It's slightly
different because for older kernels we need to pass the request queue
as well as the bio.
Reviewed-by: Rafael Kitover <rkitover@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11387Closes#11390
The lookup_bdev() function has been updated to require a dev_t
be passed as the second argument. This is actually pretty nice
since the major number stored in the dev_t was the only part we
were interested in. This allows to us avoid handling the bdev
entirely. The vdev_lookup_bdev() wrapper was updated to emulate
the behavior of the new lookup_bdev() for all supported kernels.
Reviewed-by: Rafael Kitover <rkitover@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11387Closes#11390
The CentOS stream 4.18.0-257 kernel appears to have backported
the Linux 5.9 change to make_request_fn and the associated API.
To maintain weak modules compatibility the original symbol was
retained and the new interface blk_alloc_queue_rh() was added.
Unfortunately, blk_alloc_queue() was replaced in the blkdev.h
header by blk_alloc_queue_bh() so there doesn't seem to be a way
to build new kmods against the old interfces. Even though they
appear to still be available for weak module binding.
To accommodate this a configure check is added for the new _rh()
variant of the function and used if available. If compatibility
code gets added to the kernel for the original blk_alloc_queue()
interface this should be fine. OpenZFS will simply continue to
prefer the new interface and only fallback to blk_alloc_queue()
when blk_alloc_queue_rh() isn't available.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11374
As of the 5.10 kernel the generic splice compatibility code has been
removed. All filesystems are now responsible for registering a
->splice_read and ->splice_write callback to support this operation.
The good news is the VFS provided generic_file_splice_read() and
iter_file_splice_write() callbacks can be used provided the ->iter_read
and ->iter_write callback support pipes. However, this is currently
not the case and only iovecs and bvecs (not pipes) are ever attached
to the uio structure.
This commit changes that by allowing full iov_iter structures to be
attached to uios. Ever since the 4.9 kernel the iov_iter structure
has supported iovecs, kvecs, bvevs, and pipes so it's desirable to
pass the entire thing when possible. In conjunction with this the
uio helper functions (i.e uiomove(), uiocopy(), etc) have been
updated to understand the new UIO_ITER type.
Note that using the kernel provided uio_iter interfaces allowed the
existing Linux specific uio handling code to be simplified. When
there's no longer a need to support kernel's older than 4.9, then
it will be possible to remove the iovec and bvec members from the
uio structure and always use a uio_iter. Until then we need to
maintain all of the existing types for older kernels.
Some additional refactoring and cleanup was included in this change:
- Added checks to configure to detect available iov_iter interfaces.
Some are available all the way back to the 3.10 kernel and are used
when available. In particular, uio_prefaultpages() now always uses
iov_iter_fault_in_readable() which is available for all supported
kernels.
- The unused UIO_USERISPACE type has been removed. It is no longer
needed now that the uio_seg enum is platform specific.
- Moved zfs_uio.c from the zcommon.ko module to the Linux specific
platform code for the zfs.ko module. This gets it out of libzfs
where it was never needed and keeps this Linux specific code out
of the common sources.
- Removed unnecessary O_APPEND handling from zfs_iter_write(), this
is redundant and O_APPEND is already handled in zfs_write();
Reviewed-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11351
On a system with very high fragmentation, we may need to do lots of gang
allocations (e.g. most indirect block allocations (~50KB) may need to
gang). Before failing a "normal" allocation and resorting to ganging, we
try every metaslab. This has the impact of loading every metaslab (not
a huge deal since we now typically keep all metaslabs loaded), and also
iterating over every metaslab for every failing allocation. If there are
many metaslabs (more than the typical ~200, e.g. due to vdev expansion
or very large vdevs), the CPU cost of this iteration can be very
impactful. This iteration is done with the mg_lock held, creating long
hold times and high lock contention for concurrent allocations,
ultimately causing long txg sync times and poor application performance.
To address this, this commit changes the behavior of "normal" (not
try_hard, not ZIL) allocations. These will now only examine the 100
best metaslabs (as determined by their ms_weight). If none of these
have a large enough free segment, then the allocation will fail and
we'll fall back on ganging.
To accomplish this, we will now (normally) gang before doing a
`try_hard` allocation. Non-try_hard allocations will only examine the
100 best metaslabs of each vdev. In summary, we will first try normal
allocation. If that fails then we will do a gang allocation. If that
fails then we will do a "try hard" gang allocation. If that fails then
we will have a multi-layer gang block.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11327
Metaslab rotor and aliquot are used to distribute workload between
vdevs while keeping some locality for logically adjacent blocks. Once
multiple allocators were introduced to separate allocation of different
objects it does not make much sense for different allocators to write
into different metaslabs of the same metaslab group (vdev) same time,
competing for its resources. This change makes each allocator choose
metaslab group independently, colliding with others only sporadically.
Test including simultaneous write into 4 files with recordsize of 4KB
on a striped pool of 30 disks on a system with 40 logical cores show
reduction of vdev queue lock contention from 54 to 27% due to better
load distribution. Unfortunately it won't help much ZVOLs yet since
only one dataset/ZVOL is synced at a time, and so for the most part
only one allocator is used, but it may improve later.
While there, to reduce the number of pointer dereferences change
per-allocator storage for metaslab classes and groups from several
separate malloc()'s to variable length arrays at the ends of the
original class and group structures.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11288
Building the spa module for i386 caused gcc to emit
-Wint-to-pointer-cast "cast to pointer from integer of different size"
because spa.spa_did was uint64_t but pthread_join (via thread_join in
spa_deactivate) takes a pointer (32-bit on i386). Define spa_did to be
pointer-size instead. For now spa_did is in fact never non-zero and the
thread_join could instead be ifdef'd out, but changing the size of
spa_did may be more useful for the future.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Libby <rlibby@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11336
The last change caused the read completion callback to not be called
if the IO was still in progress. This change restores allocation
of the arc buf callback, but in the callback path checks the new
acb_nobuf field to know to skip buffer allocation.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11324
There is a tunable to select the fletcher 4 checksum implementation on
Linux but it was not present in FreeBSD.
Implement the sysctl handler for FreeBSD and use ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_CALL
to provide the tunable on both platforms.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11270
The performance of `zfs receive` can be bottlenecked on the CPU consumed
by the `receive_writer` thread, especially when receiving streams with
small compressed block sizes. Much of the CPU is spent creating and
destroying dbuf's and arc buf's, one for each `WRITE` record in the send
stream.
This commit introduces the concept of "lightweight writes", which allows
`zfs receive` to write to the DMU by providing an ABD, and instantiating
only a new type of `dbuf_dirty_record_t`. The dbuf and arc buf for this
"dirty leaf block" are not instantiated.
Because there is no dbuf with the dirty data, this mechanism doesn't
support reading from "lightweight-dirty" blocks (they would see the
on-disk state rather than the dirty data). Since the dedup-receive code
has been removed, `zfs receive` is write-only, so this works fine.
Because there are no arc bufs for the received data, the received data
is no longer cached in the ARC.
Testing a receive of a stream with average compressed block size of 4KB,
this commit improves performance by 50%, while also reducing CPU usage
by 50% of a CPU. On a per-block basis, CPU consumed by receive_writer()
and dbuf_evict() is now 1/7th (14%) of what it was.
Baseline: 450MB/s, CPU in receive_writer() 40% + dbuf_evict() 35%
New: 670MB/s, CPU in receive_writer() 17% + dbuf_evict() 0%
The code is also restructured in a few ways:
Added a `dr_dnode` field to the dbuf_dirty_record_t. This simplifies
some existing code that no longer needs `DB_DNODE_ENTER()` and related
routines. The new field is needed by the lightweight-type dirty record.
To ensure that the `dr_dnode` field remains valid until the dirty record
is freed, we have to ensure that the `dnode_move()` doesn't relocate the
dnode_t. To do this we keep a hold on the dnode until it's zio's have
completed. This is already done by the user-accounting code
(`userquota_updates_task()`), this commit extends that so that it always
keeps the dnode hold until zio completion (see `dnode_rele_task()`).
`dn_dirty_txg` was previously zeroed when the dnode was synced. This
was not necessary, since its meaning can be "when was this dnode last
dirtied". This change simplifies the new `dnode_rele_task()` code.
Removed some dead code related to `DRR_WRITE_BYREF` (dedup receive).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11105
ZFS currently doesn't react to hotplugging cpu or memory into the
system in any way. This patch changes that by adding logic to the ARC
that allows the system to take advantage of new memory that is added
for caching purposes. It also adds logic to the taskq infrastructure
to support dynamically expanding the number of threads allocated to a
taskq.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <matthew.ahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#11212
There has been a panic affecting some system configurations where the
thread FPU context is disturbed during the fletcher 4 benchmarks,
leading to a panic at boot.
module_init() registers zcommon_init to run in the last subsystem
(SI_SUB_LAST). Running it as soon as interrupts have been configured
(SI_SUB_INT_CONFIG_HOOKS) makes sure we have finished the benchmarks
before we start doing other things.
While it's not clear *how* the FPU context was being disturbed, this
does seem to avoid it.
Add a module_init_early() macro to run zcommon_init() at this earlier
point on FreeBSD. On Linux this is defined as module_init().
Authored by: Konstantin Belousov <kib@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11302
Add ARC_FLAG_NO_BUF to indicate that a buffer need not be
instantiated. This fixes a ~20% performance regression on
cached reads due to zfetch changes.
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11220Closes#11232
Investigating influence of scrub (especially sequential) on random read
latency I've noticed that on some HDDs single 4KB read may take up to 4
seconds! Deeper investigation shown that many HDDs heavily prioritize
sequential reads even when those are submitted with queue depth of 1.
This patch addresses the latency from two sides:
- by using _min_active queue depths for non-interactive requests while
the interactive request(s) are active and few requests after;
- by throttling it further if no interactive requests has completed
while configured amount of non-interactive did.
While there, I've also modified vdev_queue_class_to_issue() to give
more chances to schedule at least _min_active requests to the lowest
priorities. It should reduce starvation if several non-interactive
processes are running same time with some interactive and I think should
make possible setting of zfs_vdev_max_active to as low as 1.
I've benchmarked this change with 4KB random reads from ZVOL with 16KB
block size on newly written non-fragmented pool. On fragmented pool I
also saw improvements, but not so dramatic. Below are log2 histograms
of the random read latency in milliseconds for different devices:
4 2x mirror vdevs of SATA HDD WDC WD20EFRX-68EUZN0 before:
0, 0, 2, 1, 12, 21, 19, 18, 10, 15, 17, 21
after:
0, 0, 0, 24, 101, 195, 419, 250, 47, 4, 0, 0
, that means maximum latency reduction from 2s to 500ms.
4 2x mirror vdevs of SATA HDD WDC WD80EFZX-68UW8N0 before:
0, 0, 2, 31, 38, 28, 18, 12, 17, 20, 24, 10, 3
after:
0, 0, 55, 247, 455, 470, 412, 181, 36, 0, 0, 0, 0
, i.e. from 4s to 250ms.
1 SAS HDD SEAGATE ST14000NM0048 before:
0, 0, 29, 70, 107, 45, 27, 1, 0, 0, 1, 4, 19
after:
1, 29, 681, 1261, 676, 1633, 67, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
, i.e. from 4s to 125ms.
1 SAS SSD SEAGATE XS3840TE70014 before (microseconds):
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 70, 18343, 82548, 618
after:
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 283, 92351, 34844, 90
I've also measured scrub time during the test and on idle pools. On
idle fragmented pool I've measured scrub getting few percent faster
due to use of QD3 instead of QD2 before. On idle non-fragmented pool
I've measured no difference. On busy non-fragmented pool I've measured
scrub time increase about 1.5-1.7x, while IOPS increase reached 5-9x.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#11166
- Don't leave fstrans set when passed a snapshot
- Don't remove minor if volmode already matches new value
- (FreeBSD) Wait for GEOM ops to complete before trying
remove (at create time GEOM will be "tasting" in parallel)
- (FreeBSD) Don't leak zvol_state_lock on open if zv == NULL
- (FreeBSD) Don't try to unlock zv->zv_state lock if zv == NULL
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11199
zpool_expand_proplist() now ignores pl_fixed if its new literal
argument is true. The rest is a consequence of needing to pass
that down.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiao?=~Dska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11202
For encrypted receives, where user accounting is initially disabled on
creation, both 'zfs userspace' and 'zfs groupspace' fails with
EOPNOTSUPP: this is because dmu_objset_id_quota_upgrade_cb() forgets to
set OBJSET_FLAG_USERACCOUNTING_COMPLETE on the objset flags after a
successful dmu_objset_space_upgrade().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9501Closes#9596
The ZFS_ENTER/ZFS_EXIT/ZFS_VERFY_ZP macros should not be used
in the Linux zpl_*.c source files. They return a positive error
value which is correct for the common code, but not for the Linux
specific kernel code which expects a negative return value. The
ZPL_ENTER/ZPL_EXIT/ZPL_VERFY_ZP macros should be used instead.
Furthermore, the ZPL_EXIT macro has been updated to not call the
zfs_exit_fs() function. This prevents a possible deadlock which
can occur when a snapshot is automatically unmounted because the
zpl_show_devname() must never wait on in progress automatic
snapshot unmounts.
Reviewed-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11169Closes#11201
The output of ZFS channel programs is logged on-disk in the zpool
history, and printed by `zpool history -i`. Channel programs can use
10MB of memory by default, and up to 100MB by using the `zfs program -m`
flag. Therefore their output can be up to some fraction of 100MB.
In addition to being somewhat wasteful of the limited space reserved for
the pool history (which for large pools is 1GB), in extreme cases this
can result in a failure of `ASSERT(length <= DMU_MAX_ACCESS);` in
`dmu_buf_hold_array_by_dnode()`.
This commit limits the output size that will be logged to 1MB. Larger
outputs will not be logged, instead a entry will be logged indicating
the size of the omitted output.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11194
This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands
for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID
vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device.
This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full
parity to pool with a failed device.
A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type.
Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type:
`draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the
pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number
of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev.
zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...>
Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be
provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This
allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance
or capacity reasons. The supported options include:
zpool create <pool> \
draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \
<vdevs...>
- draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1)
- draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8)
- draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs
- draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0)
Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool
with two distributed spares using special allocation classes.
```
pool: tank
state: ONLINE
config:
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0
draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
L0 ONLINE 0 0 0
L1 ONLINE 0 0 0
...
U25 ONLINE 0 0 0
U26 ONLINE 0 0 0
spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0
U27 ONLINE 0 0 0
draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
U28 ONLINE 0 0 0
U29 ONLINE 0 0 0
...
U42 ONLINE 0 0 0
U43 ONLINE 0 0 0
special
mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0
L5 ONLINE 0 0 0
U5 ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0
L6 ONLINE 0 0 0
U6 ONLINE 0 0 0
spares
draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use
draid2-0-1 AVAIL
```
When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following
options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages
by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations.
-K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test
-D <value> - dRAID data drives per group
-S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares
-R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID)
The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault
test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the
dRAID feature.
Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10102
This looks like it was once from the illumnos compat code.
FreeBSD doesn't have cmn_err as a compiler format attribute, so
it definitely errors out.
It doesn't show up on LLVM because it doesn't trigger at all.
Add in the format flags but keep them behind #if 0 for now;
there are too many format issues that trigger when one does
format checking in the shared code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: adrian chadd <adrian@freebsd.org>
Closes#11068Closes#11069
The field is yet another leftover from unsupported zfs_znode_move.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11186
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11176
The oid comes from the znode we are already passing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11176
Kernel 5.10 removed check_disk_change() in favor of callers using
the faster bdev_check_media_change() instead, and explicitly forcing
bdev revalidation when they desire that behavior. To preserve prior
behavior, I have wrapped this into a zfs_check_media_change() macro
that calls an inline function for the new API that mimics the old
behavior when check_disk_change() doesn't exist, and just calls
check_disk_change() if it exists.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#11085
In Linux 5.10 the linux/frame.h header was renamed linux/objtool.h.
Add a configure check to detect and use the correctly named header.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11085
Move zfs_get_data() in to platform-independent code. The only
platform-specific aspect of it is the way we release an inode
(Linux) / vnode_t (FreeBSD). I am not aware of a platform that
could be supported by ZFS that couldn't implement zfs_rele_async
itself. It's sibling zvol_get_data already is platform-independent.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#10979
Current CPU_SEQID users don't care about possibly changing CPU ID, but
enclose it within kpreempt disable/enable in order to fend off warnings
from Linux's CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT.
There is no need to do it. The expected way to get CPU ID while allowing
for migration is to use raw_smp_processor_id.
In order to make this future-proof this patch keeps CPU_SEQID as is and
introduces CPU_SEQID_UNSTABLE instead, to make it clear that consumers
explicitly want this behavior.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11142
The zfs_holey() and zfs_access() functions can be made common
to both FreeBSD and Linux.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11125
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11131
Note that this only tracks sizes as requested by the caller.
Actual allocated space will almost always be bigger (e.g., rounded up to
the next power of 2 or page size). Additionally the allocated buffer may
be holding other areas hostage. Nonetheless, this is a starting point
for tracking memory usage in zstd.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#11129
The original xuio zero copy functionality has always been unused
on Linux and FreeBSD. Remove this disabled code to avoid any
confusion and improve readability.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11124
Refer to the correct section or alternative for FreeBSD and Linux.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11132
The zfs_fsync, zfs_read, and zfs_write function are almost identical
between Linux and FreeBSD. With a little refactoring they can be
moved to the common code which is what is done by this commit.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11078
The acltype property is currently hidden on FreeBSD and does not
reflect the NFSv4 style ZFS ACLs used on the platform. This makes it
difficult to observe that a pool imported from FreeBSD on Linux has a
different type of ACL that is being ignored, and vice versa.
Add an nfsv4 acltype and expose the property on FreeBSD.
Make the default acltype nfsv4 on FreeBSD.
Setting acltype to an unhanded style is treated the same as setting
it to off. The ACLs will not be removed, but they will be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10520
In FreeBSD, there are three compile environments that are supported:
user land, the kernel and the bootloader / standalone. Adjust the
headers to compile in the standalone environment. Limit kernel-only
items from view when _STANDALONE is defined.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Warner Losh <imp@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10998
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11047
Code cleanup, a follow up commit to 4d55ea81.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@freqlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11020
This change updates the documentation to refer to the project
as OpenZFS instead ZFS on Linux. Web links have been updated
to refer to https://github.com/openzfs/zfs. The extraneous
zfsonlinux.org web links in the ZED and SPL sources have been
dropped.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11007
We were missing an include for kernel FPU functions, breaking the build
on FreeBSD 12.1-RELEASE. This was apparently being pulled in from
elsewhere on stable/12 and head.
Sorted the other includes in these files while here.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11005
In C, const indicates to the reader that mutation will not occur.
It can also serve as a hint about ownership.
Add const in a few places where it makes sense.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10997
In non regular use cases allocated memory might stay persistent in memory
pool. This small patch checks every minute if there are old objects which
can be released from memory pool.
Right now with regular use, the pool is checked for old objects on each
allocation attempt from this pool. so basically polling by its use. Now
consider what happens if someone writes a lot of files and stops use of
the volume or even unmounts it. So the code will no longer check if
objects can be released from the pool. Already allocated objects will
still stay in pool cache. this is no big issue for common use. But
someone discovered this issue while doing tests. personally i know this
behavior and I'm aware of it. Its no big issue. just a enhancement
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Closes#10938Closes#10969
The m4 objtool configure check can incorrectly fail because of a
missing header in the test. This appears to be the result of a
recent kernel change and was observed on the Fedora 5.8.11-200
kernel.
In file included from /home/fedora/zfs/build/objtool/objtool.c:75:
./arch/x86/include/asm/frame.h💯57: error: 'struct pt_regs'
declared inside parameter list will not be visible outside
of this definition or declaration [-Werror]
The consequence of this is that the "stack_frame_non_standard"
check is never run and HAVE_STACK_FRAME_NON_STANDARD is set
incorrectly which results in a build failure. This change adds
the appropriate header to the "objtool" check so it now behaves
as intended.
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10990
The current dmu_zfetch code implicitly assumes that I/Os complete
within min_sec_reap seconds. With async dmu and a readonly workload
(and thus no exponential backoff in operations from the "write
throttle") such as L2ARC rebuild it is possible to saturate the drives
with I/O requests. These are then effectively compounded with prefetch
requests.
This change reference counts streams and prevents them from being
recycled after their min_sec_reap timeout if they still have
outstanding I/Os.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10900
The procfs_list interface is required by several kstats. Implement
this functionality for FreeBSD to provide access to these kstats.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10890
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10899
Use the same reduced buffer size for lauxlib that is used on Linux.
Fixes panic on HEAD in lua gsub test designed to exhaust stack space.
With this we can remove the special case to reserve more stack space
on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10959
== Motivation and Context
The new vdev ashift optimization prevents the removal of devices when
a zfs configuration is comprised of disks which have different logical
and physical block sizes. This is caused because we set 'spa_min_ashift'
in vdev_open and then later call 'vdev_ashift_optimize'. This would
result in an inconsistency between spa's ashift calculations and that
of the top-level vdev.
In addition, the optimization logical ignores the overridden ashift
value that would be provided by '-o ashift=<val>'.
== Description
This change reworks the vdev ashift optimization so that it's only
set the first time the device is configured. It still allows the
physical and logical ahsift values to be set every time the device
is opened but those values are only consulted on first open.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Cedric Berger <cedric@precidata.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-Issue: DLPX-71831
Closes#10932
Prefer acltype=off|posix, retaining the old names as aliases.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10918
nvlist does allow us to support different data types and systems.
To encapsulate user data to/from nvlist, the libzfsbootenv library is
provided.
Reviewed-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes#10774
Currently the ARC state (MFU/MRU) of cached L2ARC buffer and their
content type is unknown. Knowing this information may prove beneficial
in adjusting the L2ARC caching policy.
This commit adds L2ARC arcstats that display the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their content type
(data/metadata) and according to their ARC state (MRU/MFU or
prefetch). It also expands the existing evict_l2_eligible arcstat to
differentiate between MFU and MRU buffers.
L2ARC caches buffers from the MRU and MFU lists of ARC. Upon caching a
buffer, its ARC state (MRU/MFU) is stored in the L2 header
(b_arcs_state). The l2_m{f,r}u_asize arcstats reflect the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their ARC state (based on
b_arcs_state). We also account for the case where an L2ARC and ARC
cached MRU or MRU_ghost buffer transitions to MFU. The l2_prefetch_asize
reflects the alinged size (in bytes) of L2ARC buffers that were cached
while they had the prefetch flag set in ARC. This is dynamically updated
as the prefetch flag of L2ARC buffers changes.
When buffers are evicted from ARC, if they are determined to be L2ARC
eligible then their logical size is recorded in
evict_l2_eligible_m{r,f}u arcstats according to their ARC state upon
eviction.
Persistent L2ARC:
When committing an L2ARC buffer to a log block (L2ARC metadata) its
b_arcs_state and prefetch flag is also stored. If the buffer changes
its arcstate or prefetch flag this is reflected in the above arcstats.
However, the L2ARC metadata cannot currently be updated to reflect this
change.
Example: L2ARC caches an MRU buffer. L2ARC metadata and arcstats count
this as an MRU buffer. The buffer transitions to MFU. The arcstats are
updated to reflect this. Upon pool re-import or on/offlining the L2ARC
device the arcstats are cleared and the buffer will now be counted as an
MRU buffer, as the L2ARC metadata were not updated.
Bug fix:
- If l2arc_noprefetch is set, arc_read_done clears the L2CACHE flag of
an ARC buffer. However, prefetches may be issued in a way that
arc_read_done() is bypassed. Instead, move the related code in
l2arc_write_eligible() to account for those cases too.
Also add a test and update manpages for l2arc_mfuonly module parameter,
and update the manpages and code comments for l2arc_noprefetch.
Move persist_l2arc tests to l2arc.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10743
The lock is taken all the time and as a regular read-write lock
avoidably serves as a mount point-wide contention point.
This forward ports FreeBSD revision r357322.
To quote aforementioned commit:
Sample result doing an incremental -j 40 build:
before: 173.30s user 458.97s system 2595% cpu 24.358 total
after: 168.58s user 254.92s system 2211% cpu 19.147 total
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Closes#10896
When hz > 1000, msec / (1000 / hz) results in division by zero.
I found somewhere in FreeBSD using howmany(msec * hz, 1000) to convert
ms to ticks, avoiding the potential for a zero in the divisor.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10894
Duplicate io and checksum ereport events can misrepresent that
things are worse than they seem. Ideally the zpool events and the
corresponding vdev stat error counts in a zpool status should be
for unique errors -- not the same error being counted over and over.
This can be demonstrated in a simple example. With a single bad
block in a datafile and just 5 reads of the file we end up with a
degraded vdev, even though there is only one unique error in the pool.
The proposed solution to the above issue, is to eliminate duplicates
when posting events and when updating vdev error stats. We now save
recent error events of interest when posting events so that we can
easily check for duplicates when posting an error.
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#10861
If a `zfs_space_check_t` other than `ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE` is used with
`dsl_sync_task_nowait()`, the sync task may fail due to ENOSPC.
However, there is no way to notice or communicate this failure, so it's
extremely difficult to use this functionality correctly, and in fact
almost all callers use `ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE`.
This commit removes the `zfs_space_check_t` argument from
`dsl_sync_task_nowait()`, and always uses `ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10855
Adding an #ifdef __FreeBSD__ to a FreeBSD-specific header may seem odd,
but these headers are used on non-FreeBSD systems during the bootstrap
tools phase.
Originally submitted downstream as https://reviews.freebsd.org/D26193
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alex Richardson <Alexander.Richardson@cl.cam.ac.uk>
Closes#10863
There are a number of places where cv_?_sig is used simply for
accounting purposes but the surrounding code has no ability to
cope with actually receiving a signal. On FreeBSD it is possible
to send signals to individual kernel threads so this could
enable undesirable behavior.
This patch adds routines on Linux that will do the same idle
accounting as _sig without making the task interruptible. On
FreeBSD cv_*_idle are all aliases for cv_*
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10843
Allow to rename file systems without remounting if it is possible.
It is possible for file systems with 'mountpoint' property set to
'legacy' or 'none' - we don't have to change mount directory for them.
Currently such file systems are unmounted on rename and not even
mounted back.
This introduces layering violation, as we need to update
'f_mntfromname' field in statfs structure related to mountpoint (for
the dataset we are renaming and all its children).
In my opinion it is worth it, as it allow to update FreeBSD in even
cleaner way - in ZFS-only configuration root file system is ZFS file
system with 'mountpoint' property set to 'legacy'. If root dataset is
named system/rootfs, we can snapshot it (system/rootfs@upgrade), clone
it (system/oldrootfs), update FreeBSD and if it doesn't boot we can
boot back from system/oldrootfs and rename it back to system/rootfs
while it is mounted as /. Before it was not possible, because
unmounting / was not possible.
Authored by: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported by: Matt Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10839
FreeBSD's previous ZFS implemented INGLOBALZONE(thread) as
(!jailed((thread)->td_ucred)) and passed curthread to INGLOBALZONE.
We pass curproc instead of curthread, so we can achieve the same effect
with (!jailed((proc)->p_ucred)). The implementation is trivial enough
to fit on a single line in a define. We don't really need a whole
separate function for something that's already macros all the way down.
Eliminate in_globalzone.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10851
The previous ZFS implementation on FreeBSD had ifdefs to use jailed()
instead of crgetzoneid() in dsl_dir.c, however we can simply provide an
appropriate definition of crgetzoneid for the same effect.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10851
Commit dcdc12e added compatibility code to treat NR_SLAB_RECLAIMABLE_B
as if it were the same as NR_SLAB_RECLAIMABLE. However, the new value
is in bytes while the old value was in pages which means they are not
interchangeable.
The only place the reclaimable slab size is used is as a component of
the calculation done by arc_free_memory(). This function returns the
amount of memory the ARC considers to be free or reclaimable at little
cost. Rather than switch to a new interface to get this value it has
been removed it from the calculation. It is normally a minor component
compared to the number of inactive or free pages, and removing it
aligns the behavior with the FreeBSD version of arc_free_memory().
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10834
The #pragma ident is a historical relic and not needed any more, this
pragma is actually unknown for common compilers and is only causing
trouble.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes#10810
Originally we asserted that all reads are less than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
However, nvlists are not ZFS records, and are not limited to
SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Add a new environment variable, ZFS_SENDRECV_MAX_NVLIST, to allow the
user to specify the maximum size of the nvlist that can be sent or
received.
Default value: 4 * SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE (64 MB)
Modify libzfs send routines to return a useful error if the send stream
will generate an nvlist that is beyond the maximum size.
Modify libzfs recv routines to add an explicit error message if the
nvlist is too large, rather than abort()ing.
Move the change the assert() to only trigger on data records
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#9616
For Linux, when zfs is compiled as an in kernel static variant
and the in kernel zstd library is compiled statically into the kernel
a symbol collision will occur. This wrapper header renames all
of the relevant zstd functions to avoid this problem.
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Closes#10775
Increase the size of DDT_NAMELEN and MNT_LINE_MAX to appease GCC
snprintf truncation warnings.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chris McDonough <chrism@plope.com>
Closes#10712Closes#10766
Many modern devices use physical allocation units that are much
larger than the minimum logical allocation size accessible by
external commands. Two prevalent examples of this are 512e disk
drives (512b logical sector, 4K physical sector) and flash devices
(512b logical sector, 4K or larger allocation block size, and 128k
or larger erase block size). Operations that modify less than the
physical sector size result in a costly read-modify-write or garbage
collection sequence on these devices.
Simply exporting the true physical sector of the device to ZFS would
yield optimal performance, but has two serious drawbacks:
1. Existing pools created with devices that have different logical
and physical block sizes, but were configured to use the logical
block size (e.g. because the OS version used for pool construction
reported the logical block size instead of the physical block
size) will suddenly find that the vdev allocation size has
increased. This can be easily tolerated for active members of
the array, but ZFS would prevent replacement of a vdev with
another identical device because it now appears that the smaller
allocation size required by the pool is not supported by the new
device.
2. The device's physical block size may be too large to be supported
by ZFS. The optimal allocation size for the vdev may be quite
large. For example, a RAID controller may export a vdev that
requires read-modify-write cycles unless accessed using 64k
aligned/sized requests. ZFS currently has an 8k minimum block
size limit.
Reporting both the logical and physical allocation sizes for vdevs
solves these problems. A device may be used so long as the logical
block size is compatible with the configuration. By comparing the
logical and physical block sizes, new configurations can be optimized
and administrators can be notified of any existing pools that are
sub-optimal.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10619
Removing other_size from arc_stats breaks top in 11.x jails
running on HEAD.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10745
This PR adds two new compression types, based on ZStandard:
- zstd: A basic ZStandard compression algorithm Available compression.
Levels for zstd are zstd-1 through zstd-19, where the compression
increases with every level, but speed decreases.
- zstd-fast: A faster version of the ZStandard compression algorithm
zstd-fast is basically a "negative" level of zstd. The compression
decreases with every level, but speed increases.
Available compression levels for zstd-fast:
- zstd-fast-1 through zstd-fast-10
- zstd-fast-20 through zstd-fast-100 (in increments of 10)
- zstd-fast-500 and zstd-fast-1000
For more information check the man page.
Implementation details:
Rather than treat each level of zstd as a different algorithm (as was
done historically with gzip), the block pointer `enum zio_compress`
value is simply zstd for all levels, including zstd-fast, since they all
use the same decompression function.
The compress= property (a 64bit unsigned integer) uses the lower 7 bits
to store the compression algorithm (matching the number of bits used in
a block pointer, as the 8th bit was borrowed for embedded block
pointers). The upper bits are used to store the compression level.
It is necessary to be able to determine what compression level was used
when later reading a block back, so the concept used in LZ4, where the
first 32bits of the on-disk value are the size of the compressed data
(since the allocation is rounded up to the nearest ashift), was
extended, and we store the version of ZSTD and the level as well as the
compressed size. This value is returned when decompressing a block, so
that if the block needs to be recompressed (L2ARC, nop-write, etc), that
the same parameters will be used to result in the matching checksum.
All of the internal ZFS code ( `arc_buf_hdr_t`, `objset_t`,
`zio_prop_t`, etc.) uses the separated _compress and _complevel
variables. Only the properties ZAP contains the combined/bit-shifted
value. The combined value is split when the compression_changed_cb()
callback is called, and sets both objset members (os_compress and
os_complevel).
The userspace tools all use the combined/bit-shifted value.
Additional notes:
zdb can now also decode the ZSTD compression header (flag -Z) and
inspect the size, version and compression level saved in that header.
For each record, if it is ZSTD compressed, the parameters of the decoded
compression header get printed.
ZSTD is included with all current tests and new tests are added
as-needed.
Per-dataset feature flags now get activated when the property is set.
If a compression algorithm requires a feature flag, zfs activates the
feature when the property is set, rather than waiting for the first
block to be born. This is currently only used by zstd but can be
extended as needed.
Portions-Sponsored-By: The FreeBSD Foundation
Co-authored-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Co-authored-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Co-authored-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#6247Closes#9024Closes#10277Closes#10278
struct task_struct is needed for lockdep_off() in mutex.h
This has popped up after e616cb8daadf (in linux-5.7-rc7).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Closes#10741
This option is used by FreeBSD boot loader.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Zaborski <oshogbo@vexillium.org>
Closes#10738
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10727
In FreeBSD trim has defaulted to on for several
years. In order to minimize POLA violations on
import it's important to maintain this default
when importing vendored openzfs in to FreeBSD
base.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10719
We limit the size of nvlists passed to the kernel so a user cannot make
the kernel do an unreasonably large allocation. On FreeBSD this limit
was 128 kiB, which turns out to be a bit too small when doing some
operations involving a large number of datasets or snapshots, for
example replication.
Make this limit tunable, with a platform-specific auto default.
Linux keeps its limit at KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE. FreeBSD uses 1/4 of the
system limit on user wired memory, which allows it to scale depending
on system configuration.
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Issue #6572Closes#10706
The ARC caches data in scatter ABD's, which are collections of pages,
which are typically 4K. Therefore, the space used to cache each block
is rounded up to a multiple of 4K. The ABD subsystem tracks this wasted
memory in the `scatter_chunk_waste` kstat. However, the ARC's `size` is
not aware of the memory used by this round-up, it only accounts for the
size that it requested from the ABD subsystem.
Therefore, the ARC is effectively using more memory than it is aware of,
due to the `scatter_chunk_waste`. This impacts observability, e.g.
`arcstat` will show that the ARC is using less memory than it
effectively is. It also impacts how the ARC responds to memory
pressure. As the amount of `scatter_chunk_waste` changes, it appears to
the ARC as memory pressure, so it needs to resize `arc_c`.
If the sector size (`1<<ashift`) is the same as the page size (or
larger), there won't be any waste. If the (compressed) block size is
relatively large compared to the page size, the amount of
`scatter_chunk_waste` will be small, so the problematic effects are
minimal.
However, if using 512B sectors (`ashift=9`), and the (compressed) block
size is small (e.g. `compression=on` with the default `volblocksize=8k`
or a decreased `recordsize`), the amount of `scatter_chunk_waste` can be
very large. On a production system, with `arc_size` at a constant 50%
of memory, `scatter_chunk_waste` has been been observed to be 10-30% of
memory.
This commit adds `scatter_chunk_waste` to `arc_size`, and adds a new
`waste` field to `arcstat`. As a result, the ARC's memory usage is more
observable, and `arc_c` does not need to be adjusted as frequently.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10701
`KMC_KMEM` and `KMC_VMEM` are now unused since all SPL-implemented
caches are `KMC_KVMEM`.
KMC_KMEM: Given the default value of `spl_kmem_cache_kmem_limit`, we
don't use kmalloc to back the SPL caches, instead we use kvmalloc
(KMC_KVMEM). The flag, module parameter, /proc entries, and associated
code are removed.
KMC_VMEM: This flag is not used, and kvmalloc() is always preferable to
vmalloc(). The flag, /proc entries, and associated code are removed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10673
Up until now zpool.cache has always lived in /boot on FreeBSD.
For the sake of compatibility fallback to /boot if zpool.cache
isn't found in /etc/zfs.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10720
Stepping stone toward re-enabling spa_thread on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10715
The make_request_fn and associated API was replaced recently in a
Linux 5.9 merge, to replace its functionality with a new submit_bio
member in struct block_device_operations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#10696
This change appears to primarily be a name change for the enum. Had
to update the test logic so that it works so long as either one of
these is present (favoring the newer one). Additionally, as this is
newer, it only shows up in node_page_item, so this commit doesn't
test zone_page_item for the same enum.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Coleman Kane <ckane@colemankane.org>
Closes#10696
This was previously moved because nothing else in-tree uses it, but
evidently DilOS uses it out of tree.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@freebsd.org>
Closes#10361Closes#10685
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
Remove dead code to make the implementation easier to understand.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Closes#10650
3442c2a02d added new `arc_wait_for_eviction` tracepoint, which fails to
compile, when tracepoints are enabled.
The tracepoint definition begins with `DEFINE_ARC_WAIT_FOR_EVICTION_EVENT`
and is a multi-line definition, so this fixes the backslash
and parenthesis accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Closes#10669
ZFS recv should return a useful error message when an invalid index
property value is provided in the send stream properties nvlist
With a compression= property outside of the understood range:
Before:
```
receiving full stream of zof/zstd_send@send2 into testpool/recv@send2
internal error: Invalid argument
Aborted (core dumped)
```
Note: the recv completes successfully, the abort() is likely just to
make it easier to track the unexpected error code.
After:
```
receiving full stream of zof/zstd_send@send2 into testpool/recv@send2
cannot receive compression property on testpool/recv: invalid property
value received 28.9M stream in 1 seconds (28.9M/sec)
```
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#10631
A collection of header changes to enable FreeBSD to build
with vendored OpenZFS.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10635
The ARC shrinker callback `arc_shrinker_count/_scan()` is invoked by the
kernel's shrinker mechanism when the system is running low on free
pages. This happens via 2 code paths:
1. "direct reclaim": The system is attempting to allocate a page, but we
are low on memory. The ARC shrinker callback is invoked from the
page-allocation code path.
2. "indirect reclaim": kswapd notices that there aren't many free pages,
so it invokes the ARC shrinker callback.
In both cases, the kernel's shrinker code requests that the ARC shrinker
callback release some of its cache, and then it measures how many pages
were released. However, it's measurement of released pages does not
include pages that are freed via `__free_pages()`, which is how the ARC
releases memory (via `abd_free_chunks()`). Rather, the kernel shrinker
code is looking for pages to be placed on the lists of reclaimable pages
(which is separate from actually-free pages).
Because the kernel shrinker code doesn't detect that the ARC has
released pages, it may call the ARC shrinker callback many times,
resulting in the ARC "collapsing" down to `arc_c_min`. This has several
negative impacts:
1. ZFS doesn't use RAM to cache data effectively.
2. In the direct reclaim case, a single page allocation may wait a long
time (e.g. more than a minute) while we evict the entire ARC.
3. Even with the improvements made in 67c0f0dedc ("ARC shrinking blocks
reads/writes"), occasionally `arc_size` may stay above `arc_c` for the
entire time of the ARC collapse, thus blocking ZFS read/write operations
in `arc_get_data_impl()`.
To address these issues, this commit limits the ways that the ARC
shrinker callback can be used by the kernel shrinker code, and mitigates
the impact of arc_is_overflowing() on ZFS read/write operations.
With this commit:
1. We limit the amount of data that can be reclaimed from the ARC via
the "direct reclaim" shrinker. This limits the amount of time it takes
to allocate a single page.
2. We do not allow the ARC to shrink via kswapd (indirect reclaim).
Instead we rely on `arc_evict_zthr` to monitor free memory and reduce
the ARC target size to keep sufficient free memory in the system. Note
that we can't simply rely on limiting the amount that we reclaim at once
(as for the direct reclaim case), because kswapd's "boosted" logic can
invoke the callback an unlimited number of times (see
`balance_pgdat()`).
3. When `arc_is_overflowing()` and we want to allocate memory,
`arc_get_data_impl()` will wait only for a multiple of the requested
amount of data to be evicted, rather than waiting for the ARC to no
longer be overflowing. This allows ZFS reads/writes to make progress
even while the ARC is overflowing, while also ensuring that the eviction
thread makes progress towards reducing the total amount of memory used
by the ARC.
4. The amount of memory that the ARC always tries to keep free for the
rest of the system, `arc_sys_free` is increased.
5. Now that the shrinker callback is able to provide feedback to the
kernel's shrinker code about our progress, we can safely enable
the kswapd hook. This will allow the arc to receive notifications
when memory pressure is first detected by the kernel. We also
re-enable the appropriate kstats to track these callbacks.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10600
Renamed to avoid conflicting with refcount.h when a different
implementation is already provided by the platform.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10620
When debugging issues or generally analyzing the runtime of
a system it would be nice to be able to tell the different
ZTHRs running by name rather than having to analyze their
stack.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#10630
FreeBSD defines _BIG_ENDIAN BIG_ENDIAN _LITTLE_ENDIAN
LITTLE_ENDIAN on every architecture. Trying to do
cross builds whilst hiding this from ZFS has proven
extremely cumbersome.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10621
This is a step toward being able to vendor the OpenZFS code in FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10625
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10623
By default, `spl_kmem_cache_expire` is `KMC_EXPIRE_MEM`, meaning that
objects will be removed from kmem cache magazines by
`spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()`.
There is also a module parameter to change this to `KMC_EXPIRE_AGE`,
which establishes a maximum lifetime for objects to stay in the
magazine. This setting has rarely, if ever, been used, and is not
regularly tested.
This commit removes the code for `KMC_EXPIRE_AGE`, and associated module
parameters.
Additionally, the unused module parameter
`spl_kmem_cache_obj_per_slab_min` is removed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10608
* libspl: umem: These are obviously and intentionally unused; annotate
them as such to appease -Wunused-parameter builds that include this
header.
* sys/dmu.h: In this case, clear_on_evict_dbufp is only used for
ZFS_DEBUG builds, so annotate it as __maybe_unused to appease
-Wunused-parameter.
Reviewed-By: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10606
Drop unnecessary redefinition's of several arcstat values.
Put missing extern declaration of arc_no_grow_shift in arc_impl.h.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10609
zfs_path_to_zhandle has no need to mutate the path argument,
most notably:
- zfs_open takes path as const
- getextmntent takes path as const
- fprintf most clearly doesn't need to mutate it
It's hard to foresee any reason that libzfs could conceivably
want to mutate it in the future, either, so const'ify it.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10605
The process of evicting data from the ARC is referred to as
`arc_adjust`.
This commit changes the term to `arc_evict`, which is more specific.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10592
These tunables were renamed from vfs.zfs.arc_min and
vfs.zfs.arc_max to vfs.zfs.arc.min and vfs.zfs.arc.max.
Add legacy compat tunables for the old names.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10579
The SPL kmem_cache implementation provides a mechanism, `skc_reclaim`,
whereby individual caches can register a callback to be invoked when
there is memory pressure. This mechanism is used in only one place: the
ARC registers the `hdr_recl()` reclaim function. This function wakes up
the `arc_reap_zthr`, whose job is to call `kmem_cache_reap()` and
`arc_reduce_target_size()`.
The `skc_reclaim` callbacks are invoked only by shrinker callbacks and
`arc_reap_zthr`, and only callback only wakes up `arc_reap_zthr`. When
called from `arc_reap_zthr`, waking `arc_reap_zthr` is a no-op. When
called from shrinker callbacks, we are already aware of memory pressure
and responding to it. Therefore there is little benefit to ever calling
the `hdr_recl()` `skc_reclaim` callback.
The `arc_reap_zthr` also wakes once a second, and if memory is low when
allocating an ARC buffer. Therefore, additionally waking it from the
shrinker calbacks has little benefit.
The shrinker callbacks can be invoked very frequently, e.g. 10,000 times
per second. Additionally, for invocation of the shrinker callback,
skc_reclaim is invoked many times. Therefore, this mechanism consumes
significant amounts of CPU time.
The kmem_cache shrinker calls `spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()`, which,
in addition to invoking `skc_reclaim()`, does two things to attempt to
free pages for use by the system:
1. Return free objects from the magazine layer to the slab layer
2. Return entirely-free slabs to the page layer (i.e. free pages)
These actions apply only to caches implemented by the SPL, not those
that use the underlying kernel SLAB/SLUB caches. The SPL caches are
used for objects >=32KB, which are primarily linear ABD's cached in the
DBUF cache.
These actions (freeing objects from the magazine layer and returning
entirely-free slabs) are also taken whenever a `kmem_cache_free()` call
finds a full magazine. So there would typically be zero entirely-free
slabs, and the number of objects in magazines is limited (typically no
more than 64 objects per magazine, and there's one magazine per CPU).
Therefore the benefit of `spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()`, while nonzero, is
modest.
We also call `spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()` from the `arc_reap_zthr`, when
memory pressure is detected. Therefore, calling
`spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()` from the kmem_cache shrinker is not needed.
This commit removes the `skc_reclaim` mechanism, its only callback
`hdr_recl()`, and the kmem_cache shrinker callback.
Reviewed-By: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10576
Update the zfs commands such that they're backwards compatible with
the version of ZFS is the base FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10542
Livelists and spacemaps are data structures that are logs of allocations
and frees. Livelists entries are block pointers (blkptr_t). Spacemaps
entries are ranges of numbers, most often used as to track
allocated/freed regions of metaslabs/vdevs.
These data structures can become self-inconsistent, for example if a
block or range can be "double allocated" (two allocation records without
an intervening free) or "double freed" (two free records without an
intervening allocation).
ZDB (as well as zfs running in the kernel) can detect these
inconsistencies when loading livelists and metaslab. However, it
generally halts processing when the error is detected.
When analyzing an on-disk problem, we often want to know the entire set
of inconsistencies, which is not possible with the current behavior.
This commit adds a new flag, `zdb -y`, which analyzes the livelist and
metaslab data structures and displays all of their inconsistencies.
Note that this is different from the leak detection performed by
`zdb -b`, which checks for inconsistencies between the spacemaps and the
tree of block pointers, but assumes the spacemaps are self-consistent.
The specific checks added are:
Verify livelists by iterating through each sublivelists and:
- report leftover FREEs
- report double ALLOCs and double FREEs
- record leftover ALLOCs together with their TXG [see Cross Check]
Verify spacemaps by iterating over each metaslab and:
- iterate over spacemap and then the metaslab's entries in the
spacemap log, then report any double FREEs and double ALLOCs
Verify that livelists are consistenet with spacemaps. The space
referenced by livelists (after using the FREE's to cancel out
corresponding ALLOCs) should be allocated, according to the spacemaps.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-66031
Closes#10515
On linux the list debug code has been setting off a failure when
checking that the node->next->prev value is pointing back at the node.
At times this check evaluates to 0xdead. When removing a child from a
gang ABD we must acquire the child's abd_mtx to make sure that the
same ABD is not being added to another gang ABD while it is being
removed from a gang ABD. This fixes a race condition when checking
if an ABDs link is already active and part of another gang ABD before
adding it to a gang.
Added additional debug code for the gang ABD in abd_verify() to make
sure each child ABD has active links. Also check to make sure another
gang ABD is not added to a gang ABD.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#10511
== Motivation and Context
The current implementation of 'sharenfs' and 'sharesmb' relies on
the use of the sharetab file. The use of this file is os-specific
and not required by linux or freebsd. Currently the code must
maintain updates to this file which adds complexity and presents
a significant performance impact when sharing many datasets. In
addition, concurrently running 'zfs sharenfs' command results in
missing entries in the sharetab file leading to unexpected failures.
== Description
This change removes the sharetab logic from the linux and freebsd
implementation of 'sharenfs' and 'sharesmb'. It still preserves an
os-specific library which contains the logic required for sharing
NFS or SMB. The following entry points exist in the vastly simplified
libshare library:
- sa_enable_share -- shares a dataset but may not commit the change
- sa_disable_share -- unshares a dataset but may not commit the change
- sa_is_shared -- determine if a dataset is shared
- sa_commit_share -- notify NFS/SMB subsystem to commit the shares
- sa_validate_shareopts -- determine if sharing options are valid
The sa_commit_share entry point is provided as a performance enhancement
and is not required. The sa_enable_share/sa_disable_share may commit
the share as part of the implementation. Libshare provides a framework
for both NFS and SMB but some operating systems may not fully support
these protocols or all features of the protocol.
NFS Operation:
For linux, libshare updates /etc/exports.d/zfs.exports to add
and remove shares and then commits the changes by invoking
'exportfs -r'. This file, is automatically read by the kernel NFS
implementation which makes for better integration with the NFS systemd
service. For FreeBSD, libshare updates /etc/zfs/exports to add and
remove shares and then commits the changes by sending a SIGHUP to
mountd.
SMB Operation:
For linux, libshare adds and removes files in /var/lib/samba/usershares
by calling the 'net' command directly. There is no need to commit the
changes. FreeBSD does not support SMB.
== Performance Results
To test sharing performance we created a pool with an increasing number
of datasets and invoked various zfs actions that would enable and
disable sharing. The performance testing was limited to NFS sharing.
The following tests were performed on an 8 vCPU system with 128GB and
a pool comprised of 4 50GB SSDs:
Scale testing:
- Share all filesystems in parallel -- zfs sharenfs=on <dataset> &
- Unshare all filesystems in parallel -- zfs sharenfs=off <dataset> &
Functional testing:
- share each filesystem serially -- zfs share -a
- unshare each filesystem serially -- zfs unshare -a
- reset sharenfs property and unshare -- zfs inherit -r sharenfs <pool>
For 'zfs sharenfs=on' scale testing we saw an average reduction in time
of 89.43% and for 'zfs sharenfs=off' we saw an average reduction in time
of 83.36%.
Functional testing also shows a huge improvement:
- zfs share -- 97.97% reduction in time
- zfs unshare -- 96.47% reduction in time
- zfs inhert -r sharenfs -- 99.01% reduction in time
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryant G. Ly <bryangly@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-Issue: DLPX-68690
Closes#1603Closes#7692Closes#7943Closes#10300
The filesystem_limit and snapshot_limit properties limit the number of
filesystems or snapshots that can be created below this dataset.
According to the manpage, "The limit is not enforced if the user is
allowed to change the limit." Two types of users are allowed to change
the limit:
1. Those that have been delegated the `filesystem_limit` or
`snapshot_limit` permission, e.g. with
`zfs allow USER filesystem_limit DATASET`. This works properly.
2. A user with elevated system privileges (e.g. root). This does not
work - the root user will incorrectly get an error when trying to create
a snapshot/filesystem, if it exceeds the `_limit` property.
The problem is that `priv_policy_ns()` does not work if the `cred_t` is
not that of the current process. This happens when
`dsl_enforce_ds_ss_limits()` is called in syncing context (as part of a
sync task's check func) to determine the permissions of the
corresponding user process.
This commit fixes the issue by passing the `task_struct` (typedef'ed as
a `proc_t`) to syncing context, and then using `has_capability()` to
determine if that process is privileged. Note that we still need to
pass the `cred_t` to syncing context so that we can check if the user
was delegated this permission with `zfs allow`.
This problem only impacts Linux. Wrappers are added to FreeBSD but it
continues to use `priv_check_cred()`, which works on arbitrary `cred_t`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8226Closes#10545
Previously a tqent could be recycled prematurely, update the
code to use a hash table for lookups to resolve this.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10529
FreeBSD has a zfsbootcfg command that wants zpool_nextboot in libzfs.
Add the function to FreeBSD's libzfs_compat.c, and while here move
the prototype for zfs_jail out of param.h in FreeBSD's SPL and into
libzfs.h under an ifdef for FreeBSD, where the prototype for
zpool_nextboot joins it.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10524
zfs_rangelock_tryenter() bails immediately instead of waiting for the
lock to become available. This will be used to resolve a deadlock in
the FreeBSD page-in code. No functional change intended.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Johnston <markj@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10519
The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when
resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may
more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block
size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics
of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified
as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after
the sequential resilver completes.
The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and
`zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction
instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering.
zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev>
zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev>
The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress
of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering.
The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers
may be in progress as long as they're operating on different
top-level vdevs.
The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on
sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different
than healing resilvers.
Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are
compatible with the dRAID feature being developed.
As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved
in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the
replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both
resilvering and rebuilding.
Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10349
Fix header conflicts when building zfs with openzfs as a vendor import.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10497
OS-specific code (e.g. under `module/os/linux`) does not need to share
its code structure with any other operating systems. In particular, the
ARC and kmem code need not be similar to the code in illumos, because we
won't be syncing this OS-specific code between operating systems. For
example, if/when illumos support is added to the common repo, we would
add a file `module/os/illumos/zfs/arc_os.c` for the illumos versions of
this code.
Therefore, we can simplify the code in the OS-specific ARC and kmem
routines.
These changes do not impact system behavior, they are purely code
cleanup. The changes are:
Arenas are not used on Linux or FreeBSD (they are always `NULL`), so
`heap_arena`, `zio_arena`, and `zio_alloc_arena` can be removed, along
with code that uses them.
In `arc_available_memory()`:
* `desfree` is unused, remove it
* rename `freemem` to avoid conflict with pre-existing `#define`
* remove checks related to arenas
* use units of bytes, rather than converting from bytes to pages and
then back to bytes
`SPL_KMEM_CACHE_REAP` is unused, remove it.
`skc_reap` is unused, remove it.
The `count` argument to `spl_kmem_cache_reap_now()` is unused, remove
it.
`vmem_size()` and associated type and macros are unused, remove them.
In `arc_memory_throttle()`, use a less confusing variable name to store
the result of `arc_free_memory()`.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10499
The kernel headers are installed for DKMS on linux, so don't install
them unless we're building on linux.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10506
The SPL provides a wrapper for the kernel's shrinker callbacks, which
enables the ZFS code to interface with multiple versions of the shrinker
API's from different kernel versions. Specifically, Linux kernels 3.0 -
3.11 has a single "combined" callback, and Linux kernels 3.12 and later
have two "split" callbacks. The SPL provides a wrapper function so that
the ZFS code only needs to implement one version of the callbacks.
Currently the SPL's wrappers are designed such that the ZFS code
implements the older, "combined" callback. There are a few downsides to
this approach:
* The general design within ZFS is for the latest Linux kernel to be
considered the "first class" API.
* The newer, "split" callback API is easier to understand, because each
callback has one purpose.
* The current wrappers do not completely abstract out the differing
API's, so ZFS code needs `#ifdef` code to handle the differing return
values required for different kernel versions.
This commit addresses these drawbacks by having the ZFS code provide the
latest, "split" callbacks, and the SPL provides a wrapping function for
the older, "combined" API.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10502
A previous commit enabled the tracking of object allocations
in Linux-backed caches from the SPL layer for debuggability.
The commit is: 9a170fc6fe54f1e852b6c39630fe5ef2bbd97c16
Unfortunately, it also introduced minor performance regressions
that were highlighted by the ZFS perf test-suite. Within Delphix
we found that the regression would be from -1%, all the way up
to -8% for some workloads.
This commit brings performance back up to par by creating a
separate counter for those caches and making it a percpu in
order to avoid lock-contention.
The initial performance testing was done by myself, and the
final round was conducted by @tonynguien who was also the one
that discovered the regression and highlighted the culprit.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#10397
Reduce the usage of EXTRA_DIST. If files are conditionally included in
_SOURCES, _HEADERS etc, automake is smart enough to dist all files that
could possibly be included, but this does not apply to EXTRA_DIST,
resulting in make dist depending on the configuration.
Add some files that were missing altogether in various Makefile's.
The changes to disted files in this commit (excluding deleted files):
+./cmd/zed/agents/README.md
+./etc/init.d/README.md
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getexecname.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/gethostid.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getmntany.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/mnttab.c
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs_core.pc
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs.pc
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_fsshare.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_ioctl_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_zmount.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_compat.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_device_path_os.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_import_os.c
+./module/lua/README.zfs
+./module/os/linux/spl/README.md
+./tests/README.md
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_clone/zfs_clone_rm_nested.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_send/zfs_send_encrypted_unloaded.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.config
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.state
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/rsend/rsend_016_neg.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/perf/fio/sequential_readwrite.fio
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10501
ZFS registers a memory hook, `__arc_shrinker_func`, which is supposed to
allow the ARC to shrink when the kernel experiences memory pressure.
The ARC shrinker changes `arc_c` via a call to
`arc_reduce_target_size()`. Before commit 3ec34e5527, the ARC
shrinker would also evict data from the ARC to bring `arc_size` down to
the new `arc_c`. However, that commit (seemingly inadvertently) made it
so that the ARC shrinker no longer evicts any data or waits for eviction
to complete.
Repeated calls to the ARC shrinker can reduce `arc_c` drastically, often
all the way to `arc_c_min`. Since it doesn't wait for the actual
eviction of data from the ARC, this creates a situation where `arc_size`
is more than `arc_c` for the several seconds/minutes it takes for
`arc_adjust_zthr` to evict data from the ARC. During this time,
arc_get_data_impl() will block, so ZFS can't process read/write requests
(e.g. from iSCSI, NFS, or read/write syscalls).
To ensure that `arc_c` doesn't shrink faster than the adjust thread can
keep up, this commit makes the ARC shrinker wait for the eviction to
complete, resulting in similar behavior to what we had before commit
3ec34e5527.
Note: commit 3ec34e5527 is `OpenZFS 9284 - arc_reclaim_thread
has 2 jobs` and was integrated in December 2018, and is part of ZoL
0.8.x but not 0.7.x.
Additionally, when the ARC size is reduced drastically, the
`arc_adjust_zthr` can be on-CPU for many seconds without blocking. Any
threads that are bound to the same CPU that arc_adjust_zthr is running
on will not able to run for a long time.
To ensure that CPU-bound threads can make progress, this commit changes
`arc_evict_state_impl()` make a voluntary preemption call,
`cond_resched()`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-70703
Closes#10496
There's no need to specify the srcdir explicitly in _HEADERS and
EXTRA_DIST.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10493
This tunable required a handler to be implemented for
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_CALL.
Add the handler so the tunable can be declared in common code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10490
Mark functions used only in the same translation unit as static. This
only includes functions that do not have a prototype in a header file
either.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10470
Implement semi-compatible functionality for mode=0 (preallocation)
and mode=FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE (preallocation beyond EOF) for ZPL.
Since ZFS does COW and snapshots, preallocating blocks for a file
cannot guarantee that writes to the file will not run out of space.
Even if the first overwrite was guaranteed, it would not handle any
later overwrite of blocks due to COW, so strict compliance is futile.
Instead, make a best-effort check that at least enough free space is
currently available in the pool (with a bit of margin), then create
a sparse file of the requested size and continue on with life.
This does not handle all cases (e.g. several fallocate() calls before
writing into the files when the filesystem is nearly full), which
would require a more complex mechanism to be implemented, probably
based on a modified version of dmu_prealloc(), but is usable as-is.
A new module option zfs_fallocate_reserve_percent is used to control
the reserve margin for any single fallocate call. By default, this
is 110% of the requested preallocation size, so an additional 10% of
available space is reserved for overhead to allow the application a
good chance of finishing the write when the fallocate() succeeds.
If the heuristics of this basic fallocate implementation are not
desirable, the old non-functional behavior of returning EOPNOTSUPP
for calls can be restored by setting zfs_fallocate_reserve_percent=0.
The parameter of zfs_statvfs() is changed to take an inode instead
of a dentry, since no dentry is available in zfs_fallocate_common().
A few tests from @behlendorf cover basic fallocate functionality.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Arshad Hussain <arshad.super@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <adilger@dilger.ca>
Issue #326Closes#10408
On Illumos callers of cv_timedwait and cv_timedwait_hires
can't distinguish between whether or not the cv was signaled
or the call timed out. Illumos handles this (for some definition
of handles) by calling cv_signal in the return path if we were
signaled but the return value indicates instead that we timed
out. This would make sense if it were possible to query the the
cv for its net signal disposition. However, this isn't possible
and, in spite of the fact that there are places in the code that
clearly take a different and incompatible path if a timeout value
is indicated, this distinction appears to be rather subtle to most
developers. This problem is further compounded by the fact that on
Linux, calling cv_signal in the return path wouldn't even do the
right thing unless there are other waiters.
Since it is possible for the caller to independently determine how
much time is remaining but it is not possible to query if the cv
was in fact signaled, prioritizing signalling over timeout seems
like a cleaner solution. In addition, judging from usage patterns
within the code itself, it is also less error prone.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10471
Apparently missed in the initial port integration was
the need to reap the abd_chunk_cache on FreeBSD. This
change addresses that oversight.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10474
When compiling with Clang++ it does not allow for untagged structs, so
struct ddr_begin needs to be declared before the struct that uses it.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10453
Linux defines different vdev_disk_t members to macOS, but they are
only used in vdev_disk.c so move the declaration there.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10452
We should return -1 instead of negative deltas, and 0 if signaled.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10460
The macOS uio struct is opaque and the API must be used, this
makes the smallest changes to the code for all platforms.
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10412
gcc10.1 complains with:
../../include/sys/dmu.h:373:24: error: ‘%s’ directive output may be
truncated writing up to 95 bytes into a region of size 75
[-Werror=format-truncation=]
373 | #define DMU_POOL_DDT "DDT-%s-%s-%s"
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../../module/zfs/ddt.c:256:37: note: in expansion of macro
‘DMU_POOL_DDT’
256 | (void) snprintf(name, DDT_NAMELEN, DMU_POOL_DDT,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
../../include/sys/dmu.h:373:32: note: format string is defined here
373 | #define DMU_POOL_DDT "DDT-%s-%s-%s"
| ^~
../../module/zfs/ddt.c:256:9: note: ‘snprintf’ output 7 or more bytes
(assuming 102) into a destination of size 80
256 | (void) snprintf(name, DDT_NAMELEN, DMU_POOL_DDT,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
257 | zio_checksum_table[ddt->ddt_checksum].ci_name,
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
258 | ddt_ops[type]->ddt_op_name, ddt_class_name[class]);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Increasing DTT_NAMELEN fixes it.
Reviewed-By: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10433
This has not shown to be of use enough to justify the inconvenience.
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10449
For MIPS architectures on Linux the ZERO_PAGE macro references
empty_zero_page, which is exported as a GPL symbol. The call to
ZERO_PAGE in abd_alloc_zero_scatter has been removed and a single
zero'd page is now allocated for each of the pages in abd_zero_scatter
in the kernel ABD code path.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#10428
The horrible effects of human slavery continue to impact society. The
casual use of the term "slave" in computer software is an unnecessary
reference to a painful human experience.
This commit removes all possible references to the term "slave".
Implementation notes:
The zpool.d/slaves script is renamed to dm-deps, which uses the same
terminology as `dmsetup deps`.
References to the `/sys/class/block/$dev/slaves` directory remain. This
directory name is determined by the Linux kernel. Although
`dmsetup deps` provides the same information, it unfortunately requires
elevated privileges, whereas the `/sys/...` directory is world-readable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10435
Correct various typos in the comments and tests.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#10423
Background:
By increasing the recordsize property above the default of 128KB, a
filesystem may have "large" blocks. By default, a send stream of such a
filesystem does not contain large WRITE records, instead it decreases
objects' block sizes to 128KB and splits the large blocks into 128KB
blocks, allowing the large-block filesystem to be received by a system
that does not support the `large_blocks` feature. A send stream
generated by `zfs send -L` (or `--large-block`) preserves the large
block size on the receiving system, by using large WRITE records.
When receiving an incremental send stream for a filesystem with large
blocks, if the send stream's -L flag was toggled, a bug is encountered
in which the file's contents are incorrectly zeroed out. The contents
of any blocks that were not modified by this send stream will be lost.
"Toggled" means that the previous send used `-L`, but this incremental
does not use `-L` (-L to no-L); or that the previous send did not use
`-L`, but this incremental does use `-L` (no-L to -L).
Changes:
This commit addresses the problem with several changes to the semantics
of zfs send/receive:
1. "-L to no-L" incrementals are rejected. If the previous send used
`-L`, but this incremental does not use `-L`, the `zfs receive` will
fail with this error message:
incremental send stream requires -L (--large-block), to match
previous receive.
2. "no-L to -L" incrementals are handled correctly, preserving the
smaller (128KB) block size of any already-received files that used large
blocks on the sending system but were split by `zfs send` without the
`-L` flag.
3. A new send stream format flag is added, `SWITCH_TO_LARGE_BLOCKS`.
This feature indicates that we can correctly handle "no-L to -L"
incrementals. This flag is currently not set on any send streams. In
the future, we intend for incremental send streams of snapshots that
have large blocks to use `-L` by default, and these streams will also
have the `SWITCH_TO_LARGE_BLOCKS` feature set. This ensures that streams
from the default use of `zfs send` won't encounter the bug mentioned
above, because they can't be received by software with the bug.
Implementation notes:
To facilitate accessing the ZPL's generation number,
`zfs_space_delta_cb()` has been renamed to `zpl_get_file_info()` and
restructured to fill in a struct with ZPL-specific info including owner
and generation.
In the "no-L to -L" case, if this is a compressed send stream (from
`zfs send -cL`), large WRITE records that are being written to small
(128KB) blocksize files need to be decompressed so that they can be
written split up into multiple blocks. The zio pipeline will recompress
each smaller block individually.
A new test case, `send-L_toggle`, is added, which tests the "no-L to -L"
case and verifies that we get an error for the "-L to no-L" case.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#6224Closes#10383
The l2arc_evict() function is responsible for evicting buffers which
reference the next bytes of the L2ARC device to be overwritten. Teach
this function to additionally TRIM that vdev space before it is
overwritten if the device has been filled with data. This is done by
vdev_trim_simple() which trims by issuing a new type of TRIM,
TRIM_TYPE_SIMPLE.
We also implement a "Trim Ahead" feature. It is a zfs module parameter,
expressed in % of the current write size. This trims ahead of the
current write size. A minimum of 64MB will be trimmed. The default is 0
which disables TRIM on L2ARC as it can put significant stress to
underlying storage devices. To enable TRIM on L2ARC we set
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
We also implement TRIM of the whole cache device upon addition to a
pool, pool creation or when the header of the device is invalid upon
importing a pool or onlining a cache device. This is dependent on
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. TRIM of the whole device is done with
TRIM_TYPE_MANUAL so that its status can be monitored by zpool status -t.
We save the TRIM state for the whole device and the time of completion
on-disk in the header, and restore these upon L2ARC rebuild so that
zpool status -t can correctly report them. Whole device TRIM is done
asynchronously so that the user can export of the pool or remove the
cache device while it is trimming (ie if it is too slow).
We do not TRIM the whole device if persistent L2ARC has been disabled by
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 because we may not want to lose all cached
buffers (eg we may want to import the pool with
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 only once because of memory pressure). If
persistent L2ARC has been disabled by setting the module parameter
l2arc_rebuild_blocks_min_l2size to a value greater than the size of the
cache device then the whole device is trimmed upon creation or import of
a pool if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#9713Closes#9789Closes#10224
Move the GFP flags kernel compat code from c file to kmem header.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#10424
The `pgprot` argument has been removed from `__vmalloc` in Linux 5.8,
being `PAGE_KERNEL` always now [1].
Detect this during configure and define a wrapper for older kernels.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/commit/mm/vmalloc.c?h=next-20200605&id=88dca4ca5a93d2c09e5bbc6a62fbfc3af83c4fca
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Co-authored-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#10422
In Illumos it is possible to call ioctl functions from within the
kernel by passing the FKIOCTL flag. Neither FreeBSD nor Linux support
that, but it doesn't hurt to keep it around, as all the code is there.
Before this commit it was a dead code and zc_iflags was always zero.
Restore this functionality by allowing to pass a flag to the
zfsdev_ioctl_common() function.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pawel@dawidek.net>
Closes#10417
The strcpy() and sprintf() functions are deprecated on some platforms.
Care is needed to ensure correct size is used. If some platforms
miss snprintf, we can add a #define to sprintf, likewise strlcpy().
The biggest change is adding a size parameter to zfs_id_to_fuidstr().
The various *_impl_get() functions are only used on linux and have
not yet been updated.
Reviewed by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10400
C++ is a little picky about not using keywords for names, or string
constness.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10409
Expand the FreeBSD spl for kstats to support all current types
Move the dataset_kstats_t back to zvol_state_t from zfs_state_os_t
now that it is common once again
```
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.nunlinked: 0
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.nunlinks: 0
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.nread: 150528
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.reads: 48
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.nwritten: 134217728
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.writes: 1024
kstat.zfs/mypool.dataset.objset-0x10b.dataset_name: mypool/datasetname
```
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#10386
The macOS kmem implementation uses avl_update() and related
functions. These same function exist in the Solaris AVL code but
were removed because they were unused. Restore them.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10390
Adding the gang ABD type, which allows for linear and scatter ABDs to
be chained together into a single ABD.
This can be used to avoid doing memory copies to/from ABDs. An example
of this can be found in vdev_queue.c in the vdev_queue_aggregate()
function.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Brian <bwa@clemson.edu>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#10069
Allow zfs datasets to be mounted on Linux without relying on the
invocation of an external processes. This is the same behavior
which is implemented for FreeBSD.
Use of the libmount library was originally considered because it
provides functionality to properly lock and update the /etc/mtab
file. However, these days /etc/mtab is typically a symlink to
/proc/self/mounts so there's nothing to updated. Therefore, we
call mount(2) directly and avoid any additional dependencies.
If required the legacy behavior can be enabled by setting the
ZFS_MOUNT_HELPER environment variable. This may be needed in
environments where SELinux in enabled and the zfs binary does
not have mount permission.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Felix Dörre <felix@dogcraft.de>
#10294
Small program that converts a dataset id and an object id to a path
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10204
We only use ZVOL_DIR on FreeBSD, and on FreeBSD it isn't correct.
Move the definition to the file where it is needed, and define it as
/dev/zvol/.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10337
Commit fc551d7 introduced the wrappers abd_enter_critical() and
abd_exit_critical() to mark critical sections. On Linux these are
implemented with the local_irq_save() and local_irq_restore() macros
which set the 'flags' argument when saving. By wrapping them with
a function the local variable is no longer set by the macro and is
no longer properly restored.
Convert abd_enter_critical() and abd_exit_critical() to macros to
resolve this issue and ensure the flags are properly restored.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10332
The member drc_err of dmu_recv_cookie_t is used only locally in
receive_read, so we can replace it with a local variable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10319
Reorganizing ABD code base so OS-independent ABD code has been placed
into a common abd.c file. OS-dependent ABD code has been left in each
OS's ABD source files, and these source files have been renamed to
abd_os.
The OS-independent ABD code is now under:
module/zfs/abd.c
With the OS-dependent code in:
module/os/linux/zfs/abd_os.c
module/os/freebsd/zfs/abd_os.c
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Closes#10293
Functional changes:
We implement refcounts of log blocks and their aligned size on the
cache device along with two corresponding arcstats. The refcounts are
reflected in the header of the device and provide valuable information
as to whether log blocks are accounted for correctly. These are
dynamically adjusted as log blocks are committed/evicted. zdb also uses
this information in the device header and compares it to the
corresponding values as reported by dump_l2arc_log_blocks() which
emulates l2arc_rebuild(). If the refcounts saved in the device header
report higher values, zdb exits with an error. For this feature to work
correctly there should be no active writes on the device. This is also
employed in the tests of persistent L2ARC. We extend the structure of
the cache device header by adding the two new variables mirroring the
refcounts after the existing variables to preserve backward
compatibility in terms of persistent L2ARC.
1) a new arcstat "l2_log_blk_asize" and refcount "l2ad_lb_asize" which
reflect the total aligned size of log blocks on the device. This is
also reflected in the header of the cache device as "dh_lb_asize".
2) a new arcstat "l2arc_log_blk_count" and refcount "l2ad_lb_count"
which reflect the total number of L2ARC log blocks present on cache
devices. It is also reflected in the header of the cache device as
"dh_lb_count".
In l2arc_rebuild_vdev() if the amount of committed log entries in a log
block is 0 and the device header is valid we update the device header.
This will facilitate trimming of the whole device in this case when
TRIM for L2ARC is implemented.
Improve loop protection in l2arc_rebuild() by using the starting offset
of the payload of each log block instead of the starting offset of the
log block.
If the zio in l2arc_write_buffers() fails, restore the lbps array in the
header of the device to its previous state in l2arc_write_done().
If l2arc_rebuild() ends the rebuild process without restoring any L2ARC
log blocks in ARC and without any other error, this means that the lbps
array in the header is pointing to non-existent or invalid log blocks.
Reset the device header in this case.
In l2arc_rebuild() change the zfs_dbgmsg messages to
spa_history_log_internal() making them user visible with zpool history
command.
Non-functional changes:
Make the first test in persistent L2ARC use `zdb -lll` to increase
coverage in `zdb.c`.
Rename psize with asize when referring to log blocks, since
L2ARC_SET_PSIZE stores the vdev aligned size for log blocks. Also
rename dh_log_blk_entries to dh_log_entries to make it clear that
it is a mirror of l2ad_log_entries. Added comments for both changes.
Fix inaccurate comments for example in l2arc_log_blk_restore().
Add asserts at the end in l2arc_evict() and l2arc_write_buffers().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10228
Modern bootloaders leverage data stored in the root filesystem to
enable some of their powerful features. GRUB specifically has a grubenv
file which can store large amounts of configuration data that can be
read and written at boot time and during normal operation. This allows
sysadmins to configure useful features like automated failover after
failed boot attempts. Unfortunately, due to the Copy-on-Write nature
of ZFS, the standard behavior of these tools cannot handle writing to
ZFS files safely at boot time. We need an alternative way to store
data that allows the bootloader to make changes to the data.
This work is very similar to work that was done on Illumos to enable
similar functionality in the FreeBSD bootloader. This patch is different
in that the data being stored is a raw grubenv file; this file can store
arbitrary variables and values, and the scripting provided by grub is
powerful enough that special structures are not required to implement
advanced behavior.
We repurpose the second padding area in each label to store the grubenv
file, protected by an embedded checksum. We add two ioctls to get and
set this data, and libzfs_core and libzfs functions to access them more
easily. There are no direct command line interfaces to these functions;
these will be added directly to the bootloader utilities.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10009
Sync up with the following changes from FreeBSD:
ZFS: add emulation of atomic_swap_64 and atomic_load_64
Some 32-bit platforms do not provide 64-bit atomic operations that ZFS
requires, either in userland or at all. We emulate those operations
for those platforms using a mutex. That is not entirely correct and
it's very efficient. Besides, the loads are plain loads, so torn
values are possible.
Nevertheless, the emulation seems to work for some definition of work.
This change adds atomic_swap_64, which is already used in ZFS code,
and atomic_load_64 that can be used to prevent torn reads.
Authored by: avg <avg@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@3458e5d1e6
cleanup of illumos compatibility atomics
atomic_cas_32 is implemented using atomic_fcmpset_32 on all platforms.
Ditto for atomic_cas_64 and atomic_fcmpset_64 on platforms that have
it. The only exception is sparc64 that provides MD atomic_cas_32 and
atomic_cas_64.
This is slightly inefficient as fcmpset reports whether the operation
updated the target and that information is not needed for cas.
Nevertheless, there is less code to maintain and to add for new
platforms. Also, the operations are done inline now as opposed to
function calls before.
atomic_add_64_nv is implemented using atomic_fetchadd_64 on platforms
that provide it.
casptr, cas32, atomic_or_8, atomic_or_8_nv are completely removed as
they have no users.
atomic_mtx that is used to emulate 64-bit atomics on platforms that
lack them is defined only on those platforms.
As a result, platform specific opensolaris_atomic.S files have lost
most of their code. The only exception is i386 where the
compat+contrib code provides 64-bit atomics for userland use. That
code assumes availability of cmpxchg8b instruction. FreeBSD does not
have that assumption for i386 userland and does not provide 64-bit
atomics. Hopefully, this can and will be fixed.
Authored by: avg <avg@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@e9642c209b
emulate illumos membar_producer with atomic_thread_fence_rel
membar_producer is supposed to be a store-store barrier.
Also, in the code that FreeBSD has ported from illumos membar_producer
is used only with regular stores to regular memory (with respect to
caching).
We do not have an MI primitive for the store-store barrier, so
atomic_thread_fence_rel is the closest we have as it provides
(load | store) -> store barrier.
Previously, membar_producer was an empty function call on all 32-bit
arm-s, 32-bit powerpc, riscv and all mips variants. I think that it
was inadequate.
On other platforms, such as amd64, arm64, i386, powerpc64, sparc64,
membar_producer was implemented using stronger primitives than required
for a store-store barrier with respect to regular memory access.
For example, it used sfence on amd64 and lock-ed nop in i386 (despite
TSO).
On powerpc64 we now use recommended lwsync instead of eieio.
On sparc64 FreeBSD uses TSO mode.
On arm64/aarch64 we now use dmb sy instead of dmb ish. Not sure if
this is an improvement, actually.
After this change we can drop opensolaris_atomic.S for aarch64, amd64,
powerpc64 and sparc64 as all required atomic operations have either
direct or light-weight mapping to FreeBSD native atomic operations.
Discussed with: kib
Authored by: avg <avg@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@50cdda62fc
fix up r353340, don't assume that fcmpset has strong semantics
fcmpset can have two kinds of semantics, weak and strong.
For practical purposes, strong semantics means that if fcmpset fails
then the reported current value is always different from the expected
value. Weak semantics means that the reported current value may be the
same as the expected value even though fcmpset failed. That's a so
called "sporadic" failure.
I originally implemented atomic_cas expecting strong semantics, but
many platforms actually have weak one.
Reported by: pkubaj (not confirmed if same issue)
Discussed with: kib, mjg
Authored by: avg <avg@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@238787c74e
[PowerPC] [MIPS] Implement 32-bit kernel emulation of atomic64 operations
This is a lock-based emulation of 64-bit atomics for kernel use, split off
from an earlier patch by jhibbits.
This is needed to unblock future improvements that reduce the need for
locking on 64-bit platforms by using atomic updates.
The implementation allows for future integration with userland atomic64,
but as that implies going through sysarch for every use, the current
status quo of userland doing its own locking may be for the best.
Submitted by: jhibbits (original patch), kevans (mips bits)
Reviewed by: jhibbits, jeff, kevans
Authored by: bdragon <bdragon@FreeBSD.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D22976
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@db39dab3a8
Remove sparc64 kernel support
Remove all sparc64 specific files
Remove all sparc64 ifdefs
Removee indireeect sparc64 ifdefs
Authored by: imp <imp@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@48b94864c5
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Ported-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10250
Porting notes:
* Updated zfs_acl_chmod to take 'boolean_t isdir' as first parameter
rather than 'zfsvfs_t *zfsvfs'
* zfs man pages changes mixed between zfs and new zfsprops man pages
Reviewed by: Aram Hvrneanu <aram@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Gordon <rbg@openrbg.com>
Reviewed by: Mark.Maybee@oracle.com
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Paul B. Henson <henson@acm.org>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/742
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/664
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/279
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/a3c49ce110Closes#10266
Every platform has their own preferred methods for implementing URI
schemes beyond the currently supported file scheme (e.g. 'https' on
FreeBSD would likely use libfetch, while Linux distros and illumos
would probably use libcurl, etc). It would be helpful if libzfs can
be extended to support additional schemes in a simple manner.
A table of (scheme, handler_function) pairs is added to libzfs_crypto.c,
and the existing functions in libzfs_crypto.c so that when the key
format is ZFS_KEYFORMAT_URI, the scheme from the URI string is
extracted, and a matching handler it located in the aforementioned
table (returning an error if no matching handler is found). The handler
function is then invoked to retrieve the key material (in the format
specified by the keyformat property) and the key is loaded or the
handler can return an error to abort the key loading process.
Reviewed by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Closes#10218
Deduplicated send streams (i.e. `zfs send -D` and `zfs receive` of such
streams) are deprecated. Deduplicated send streams can be received by
first converting them to non-deduplicated with the `zstream redup`
command.
This commit removes the code for sending and receiving deduplicated send
streams. `zfs send -D` will now print a warning, ignore the `-D` flag,
and generate a regular (non-deduplicated) send stream. `zfs receive` of
a deduplicated send stream will print an error message and fail.
The resulting code simplification (especially in the kernel's support
for receiving dedup streams) should help enable future performance
enhancements.
Several new tests are added which leverage `zstream redup`.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Issue #7887
Issue #10117
Issue #10156Closes#10212
Each metaslab group (of which there is one per top-level vdev) has
several (4, by default) "metaslab group allocators". Each "allocator"
has its own metaslab that it prefers to allocate from (the "primary"
allocator), and each can perform allocations concurrently with the other
allocators. In addition to the primary metaslab, there are several
other fields that need to be tracked separately for each allocator.
These are currently stored as several arrays in the metaslab_group_t,
each array indexed by allocator number.
This change organizes all the metaslab-group-allocator-specific fields
into a new struct, metaslab_group_allocator_t. The metaslab_group_t now
needs only one array indexed by the allocator number - which contains
the metaslab_group_allocator_t's.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10213
The progress of a send is supposed to be reported by `zfs send -v`, but
it is not. This works by creating a new user thread (with
pthread_create()) which does ZFS_IOC_SEND_PROGRESS ioctls to check how
much progress has been made. This IOCTL finds the specified send (since
there may be multiple concurrent sends in the system). The IOCTL also
checks that the specified send was started by the current process.
On Linux, different threads of the same process are represented as
different `struct task_struct`s (and, confusingly, have different
PID's). To check if if two threads are in the same process, we need to
check if they have the same `struct task_struct:group_leader`.
We used to to this correctly, but it was inadvertently changed by
30af21b025 (Redacted Send) to simply check if the current
`struct task_struct` is the one that started the send.
This commit changes the code back to checking if the send was started by
a `struct task_struct` with the same `group_leader` as the calling
thread.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Wedgwood <cw@f00f.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10215Closes#10216
Propagate changes in HEAD that mostly eliminate object locking.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10205
Remove some obsolete legacy compat, rename some misnamed, and add some
missing tunables for FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10203
Add the FreeBSD platform code to the OpenZFS repository. As of this
commit the source can be compiled and tested on FreeBSD 11 and 12.
Subsequent commits are now required to compile on FreeBSD and Linux.
Additionally, they must pass the ZFS Test Suite on FreeBSD which is
being run by the CI. As of this commit 1230 tests pass on FreeBSD
and there are no unexpected failures.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#898Closes#8987
This commit makes the L2ARC persistent across reboots. We implement
a light-weight persistent L2ARC metadata structure that allows L2ARC
contents to be recovered after a reboot. This significantly eases the
impact a reboot has on read performance on systems with large caches.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Co-authored-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Ported-by: Yuxuan Shui <yshuiv7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#925Closes#1823Closes#2672Closes#3744Closes#9582
Set arc_c_min before arc_c_max so that when zfs_arc_min is set lower
than the default allmem/32 zfs_arc_max can also be set lower.
Add warning messages when tunables are being ignored.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10157Closes#10158
By default it's not possible to open a device already owned by an
active vdev. It's necessary to make an exception to this for vdev
split. The FreeBSD platform code will make an exception if
spa_is splitting is set to to true.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10178
Commit https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/3d745ea5 simplified
the blk_alloc_queue() interface by updating it to take the request
queue as an argument. Add a wrapper function which accepts the new
arguments and internally uses the available interfaces.
Other minor changes include increasing the Linux-Maximum to 5.6 now
that 5.6 has been released. It was not bumped to 5.7 because this
release has not yet been finalized and is still subject to change.
Added local 'struct zvol_state_os *zso' variable to zvol_alloc.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10181Closes#10187
Linux and FreeBSD have different parameters for tunable proc handler.
This has prevented FreeBSD from implementing the ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_CALL
macro.
To complete the sharing of ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_CALL declarations, create
per-platform definitions of the parameter list, ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS.
With the declarations wired up we discovered an incorrect scope prefix
for spa_slop_shift, so this is now fixed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10179
Add a mechanism to wait for delete queue to drain.
When doing redacted send/recv, many workflows involve deleting files
that contain sensitive data. Because of the way zfs handles file
deletions, snapshots taken quickly after a rm operation can sometimes
still contain the file in question, especially if the file is very
large. This can result in issues for redacted send/recv users who
expect the deleted files to be redacted in the send streams, and not
appear in their clones.
This change duplicates much of the zpool wait related logic into a
zfs wait command, which can be used to wait until the internal
deleteq has been drained. Additional wait activities may be added
in the future.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9707
Linux changed the default max ARC size to 1/2 of physical memory to
deal with shortcomings of the Linux SLUB allocator. Other platforms
do not require the same logic.
Implement an arc_default_max() function to determine a default max ARC
size in platform code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10155
Make the cityhash code compile into libzfs, in preparation for the new
"zstream" command.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10152
Dedup send can only deduplicate over the set of blocks in the send
command being invoked, and it does not take advantage of the dedup table
to do so. This is a very common misconception among not only users, but
developers, and makes the feature seem more useful than it is. As a
result, many users are using the feature but not getting any benefit
from it.
Dedup send requires a nontrivial expenditure of memory and CPU to
operate, especially if the dataset(s) being sent is (are) not already
using a dedup-strength checksum.
Dedup send adds developer burden. It expands the test matrix when
developing new features, causing bugs in released code, and delaying
development efforts by forcing more testing to be done.
As a result, we are deprecating the use of `zfs send -D` and receiving
of such streams. This change adds a warning to the man page, and also
prints the warning whenever dedup send or receive are used.
In a future release, we plan to:
1. remove the kernel code for generating deduplicated streams
2. make `zfs send -D` generate regular, non-deduplicated streams
3. remove the kernel code for receiving deduplicated streams
4. make `zfs receive` of deduplicated streams process them in userland
to "re-duplicate" them, so that they can still be received.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#7887Closes#10117
This change adds a separate return code to zfs_ioc_recv that is used
for incomplete streams, in addition to the existing return code for
streams that contain corruption.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10122
Currently when the dataset is in use we can't receive snapshots.
zfs send test/1@asd | zfs recv -FM test/2
cannot unmount '/test/2': Device busy
This commits add option 'M' which attempts to forcibly unmount the
dataset. Thanks to this we can enforce receiving snapshots in a
single step.
Note that this functionality is not supported on Linux because the
VFS will prevent active mounted filesystems from being unmounted,
even with the force option. This is the intended VFS behavior.
Test cases were added to verify the expected behavior based on
the platform.
Discussed-with: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
External-issue: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D22306Closes#9904
The normal lock order is that the dp_config_rwlock must be held before
the ds_opening_lock. For example, dmu_objset_hold() does this.
However, dmu_objset_open_impl() is called with the ds_opening_lock held,
and if the dp_config_rwlock is not already held, it will attempt to
acquire it. This may lead to deadlock, since the lock order is
reversed.
Looking at all the callers of dmu_objset_open_impl() (which is
principally the callers of dmu_objset_from_ds()), almost all callers
already have the dp_config_rwlock. However, there are a few places in
the send and receive code paths that do not. For example:
dsl_crypto_populate_key_nvlist, send_cb, dmu_recv_stream,
receive_write_byref, redact_traverse_thread.
This commit resolves the problem by requiring all callers ot
dmu_objset_from_ds() to hold the dp_config_rwlock. In most cases, the
code has been restructured such that we call dmu_objset_from_ds()
earlier on in the send and receive processes, when we already have the
dp_config_rwlock, and save the objset_t until we need it in the middle
of the send or receive (similar to what we already do with the
dsl_dataset_t). Thus we do not need to acquire the dp_config_rwlock in
many new places.
I also cleaned up code in dmu_redact_snap() and send_traverse_thread().
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#9662Closes#10115
dnode_special_close() waits for the refcount of dn_holds to go to zero
without holding the dn_mtx. dnode_rele_and_unlock() does the final
remove to dn_holds with dn_mtx being held:
refs = zfs_refcount_remove(&dn->dn_holds, tag);
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
So, there is a race condition after the remove until dn_mtx is
dropped. During that time, dnode_destroy() can get called, which ends
up in dnode_dest() calling mutex_destroy() and a panic since the lock
is still held.
This change adds a condvar to wait for the final dnode_rele_and_unlock()
to release the dn_mtx before calling dnode_destroy().
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com>
Closes#7814Closes#10101
When doing a zfs send on a dataset with small recordsize (e.g. 8K),
performance is dominated by the per-block overheads. This is especially
true with `zfs send --compressed`, which further reduces the amount of
data sent, for the same number of blocks. Several threads are involved,
but the limiting factor is the `send_prefetch` thread, which is 100% on
CPU.
The main job of the `send_prefetch` thread is to issue zio's for the
data that will be needed by the main thread. It does this by calling
`arc_read(ARC_FLAG_PREFETCH)`. This has an immediate cost of creating
an arc_hdr, which takes around 14% of one CPU. It also induces later
costs by other threads:
* Since the data was only prefetched, dmu_send()->dmu_dump_write() will
need to call arc_read() again to get the data. This will have to
look up the arc_hdr in the hash table and copy the data from the
scatter ABD in the arc_hdr to a linear ABD in arc_buf. This takes
27% of one CPU.
* dmu_dump_write() needs to arc_buf_destroy() This takes 11% of one
CPU.
* arc_adjust() will need to evict this arc_hdr, taking about 50% of one
CPU.
All of these costs can be avoided by bypassing the ARC if the data is
not already cached. This commit changes `zfs send` to check for the
data in the ARC, and if it is not found then we directly call
`zio_read()`, reading the data into a linear ABD which is used by
dmu_dump_write() directly.
The performance improvement is best expressed in terms of how many
blocks can be processed by `zfs send` in one second. This change
increases the metric by 50%, from ~100,000 to ~150,000. When the amount
of data per block is small (e.g. 2KB), there is a corresponding
reduction in the elapsed time of `zfs send >/dev/null` (from 86 minutes
to 58 minutes in this test case).
In addition to improving the performance of `zfs send`, this change
makes `zfs send` not pollute the ARC cache. In most cases the data will
not be reused, so this allows us to keep caching useful data in the MRU
(hit-once) part of the ARC.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10067
Manual trims fall into the category of long-running pool activities
which people might want to wait synchronously for. This change adds
support to 'zpool wait' for waiting for manual trim operations to
complete. It also adds a '-w' flag to 'zpool trim' which can be used to
turn 'zpool trim' into a synchronous operation.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#10071
__zio_execute() calls zio_taskq_member() to determine if we are running
in a zio interrupt taskq, in which case we may need to switch to
processing this zio in a zio issue taskq. The call to
zio_taskq_member() can become a performance bottleneck when we are
processing a high rate of zio's.
zio_taskq_member() calls taskq_member() on each of the zio interrupt
taskqs, of which there are 21. This is slow because each call to
taskq_member() does tsd_get(taskq_tsd), which on Linux is relatively
slow.
This commit improves the performance of zio_taskq_member() by having it
cache the value of tsd_get(taskq_tsd), reducing the number of those
calls to 1/21th of the current behavior.
In a test case running `zfs send -c >/dev/null` of a filesystem with
small blocks (average 2.5KB/block), zio_taskq_member() was using 6.7% of
one CPU, and with this change it is reduced to 1.3%. Overall time to
perform the `zfs send` reduced by 10% (~150,000 block/sec to ~165,000
blocks/sec).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10070
This function should only return "linux" on Linux.
Move the kernel part of the function out of common code.
Fix the tests for FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10079
By adding a zfs_file_private accessor to the common
interfaces and some extensions to FreeBSD platform
code it is now possible to share the implementations
for the aforementioned functions.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10073
As part of the Linux kernel's y2038 changes the time_t type has been
fully retired. Callers are now required to use the time64_t type.
Rather than move to the new type, I've removed the few remaining
places where a time_t is used in the kernel code. They've been
replaced with a uint64_t which is already how ZFS internally
handled these values.
Going forward we should work towards updating the remaining user
space time_t consumers to the 64-bit interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10052Closes#10064
The getrawmonotonic() and getrawmonotonic64() interfaces have been
fully retired. Update gethrtime() to use the replacement interface
ktime_get_raw_ts64() which was introduced in the 4.18 kernel.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10052Closes#10064
* Add dedicated donde_set_dirtyctx routine.
* Add empty dirty record on destroy assertion.
* Make much more extensive use of the SET_ERROR macro.
Reviewed-by: Will Andrews <wca@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9924
The `convoff` function is called only in one code path in `zfs_space`.
Each caller of `zfs_space` is called with a `flock64_t` that has
`l_whence` set to `SEEK_SET`. This means that `convoff` always results
in a no-op as the `bfp` parameter has `l_whence` set to `SEEK_SET` and
`int whence` is `SEEK_SET` as well.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Dirkjan Bussink <d.bussink@gmail.com>
Closes#10006
We have have made the necessary changes in our module code to expose
zevents through both devd and the zpool events ioctl. Now the tunables
can be exposed and zpool events tests can be enabled on both platforms.
A few minor tweaks to the tests were needed to accommodate the way wc
formats output on FreeBSD.
zed remains to be ported.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10008
Create dedicated dbuf_read_hole and dbuf_read_bonus.
Additionally, add a dtrace probe to allow state change tracing.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Will Andrews <wca@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Authored-by: Will Andrews <wca@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9923
Moving forward, we wish to use org.openzfs (no dash) rather than
org.open-zfs or org.zfsonlinux for feature GUIDs and property names.
The existing feature GUIDs cannot be changed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#10003
This adds support for setting user properties in a
zfs channel program by adding 'zfs.sync.set_prop'
and 'zfs.check.set_prop' to the ZFS LUA API.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Contributions-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Closes#9950
The module parameter zfs_async_block_max_blocks limits the number of
blocks that can be freed by the background freeing of filesystems and
snapshots (from "zfs destroy"), in one TXG. This is useful when freeing
dedup blocks, becuase each zio_free() of a dedup block can require an
i/o to read the relevant part of the dedup table (DDT), and will also
dirty that block.
zfs_async_block_max_blocks is set to 100,000 by default. For the more
typical case where dedup is not used, this can have a negative
performance impact on the rate of background freeing (from "zfs
destroy"). For example, with recordsize=8k, and TXG's syncing once
every 5 seconds, we can free only 160MB of data per second, which may be
much less than the rate we can write data.
This change increases zfs_async_block_max_blocks to be unlimited by
default. To address the dedup freeing issue, a new tunable is
introduced, zfs_max_async_dedup_frees, which limits the number of
zio_free()'s of dedup blocks done by background destroys, per txg. The
default is 100,000 free's (same as the old zfs_async_block_max_blocks
default).
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10000
Since AVL already has embedded element counter, use dn_dbufs_count
only for dbufs not counted there (bonus buffers) and just add them.
This removes two atomics per dbuf life cycle.
According to profiler it reduces time spent by dbuf_destroy() inside
bottlenecked dbuf_evict_thread() from 13.36% to 9.20% of the core.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#9949
Add support for bookmark creation and cloning.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9571
This feature allows copying existing bookmarks using
zfs bookmark fs#target fs#newbookmark
There are some niche use cases for such functionality,
e.g. when using bookmarks as markers for replication progress.
Copying redaction bookmarks produces a normal bookmark that
cannot be used for redacted send (we are not duplicating
the redaction object).
ZCP support for bookmarking (both creation and copying) will be
implemented in a separate patch based on this work.
Overview:
- Terminology:
- source = existing snapshot or bookmark
- new/bmark = new bookmark
- Implement bookmark copying in `dsl_bookmark.c`
- create new bookmark node
- copy source's `zbn_phys` to new's `zbn_phys`
- zero-out redaction object id in copy
- Extend existing bookmark ioctl nvlist schema to accept
bookmarks as sources
- => `dsl_bookmark_create_nvl_validate` is authoritative
- use `dsl_dataset_is_before` check for both snapshot
and bookmark sources
- Adjust CLI
- refactor shortname expansion logic in `zfs_do_bookmark`
- Update man pages
- warn about redaction bookmark handling
- Add test cases
- CLI
- pyyzfs libzfs_core bindings
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9571
zdb -R :b fails due to the indirect block being compressed,
and the 'b' and 'd' flag not working in tandem when specified.
Fix the flag parsing code and create a zfs test for zdb -R
block display. Also fix the zio flags where the dotted notation
for the vdev portion of DVA (i.e. 0.0:offset:length) fails.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9640Closes#9729
We need to do the same thing to update all spas on any OS for these
tunables, so let's share the code.
While here let's match the types of the literals initializing the
variables with the type of the variable.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#9964
Currently SIMD accelerated AES-GCM performance is limited by two
factors:
a. The need to disable preemption and interrupts and save the FPU
state before using it and to do the reverse when done. Due to the
way the code is organized (see (b) below) we have to pay this price
twice for each 16 byte GCM block processed.
b. Most processing is done in C, operating on single GCM blocks.
The use of SIMD instructions is limited to the AES encryption of the
counter block (AES-NI) and the Galois multiplication (PCLMULQDQ).
This leads to the FPU not being fully utilized for crypto
operations.
To solve (a) we do crypto processing in larger chunks while owning
the FPU. An `icp_gcm_avx_chunk_size` module parameter was introduced
to make this chunk size tweakable. It defaults to 32 KiB. This step
alone roughly doubles performance. (b) is tackled by porting and
using the highly optimized openssl AES-GCM assembler routines, which
do all the processing (CTR, AES, GMULT) in a single routine. Both
steps together result in up to 32x reduction of the time spend in
the en/decryption routines, leading up to approximately 12x
throughput increase for large (128 KiB) blocks.
Lastly, this commit changes the default encryption algorithm from
AES-CCM to AES-GCM when setting the `encryption=on` property.
Reviewed-By: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-By: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Reviewed-By: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-By: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Closes#9749
The timestamp_truncate() function was added, it replaces the existing
timespec64_trunc() function. This change renames our wrapper function
to be consistent with the upstream name and updates the compatibility
code for older kernels accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9956Closes#9961
The proc_ops structure was introduced to replace the use of of the
file_operations structure when registering proc handlers. This
change creates a new kstat_proc_op_t typedef for compatibility
which can be used to pass around the correct structure.
This change additionally adds the 'const' keyword to all of the
existing proc operations structures.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9961
Previous code used 4 atomics to do aggsum_flush_bucket() and 2 more to
re-borrow after the flush. But since asc_borrowed and asc_delta are
accessed only while holding asc_lock, it makes no any sense to modify
as_lower_bound and as_upper_bound in multiple steps. Instead of that
the new code uses only 2 atomics in all the cases, one per as_*_bound
variable. I think even that is overkill, simple atomic store and
load could be used here, since all modifications are done under the
as_lock, but there are no such primitives in ZFS code now.
While there, make borrow code consider previous borrow value, so that
on mixed request patterns reduce chance of needing to borrow again if
much larger request follows tiny one that needed borrow.
Also reduce as_numbuckets from uint64_t to u_int. It makes no sense
to use so large division operation on every aggsum_add().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#9930
Move db_link into the same cache line as db_blkid and db_level.
It allows significantly reduce avl_add() time in dbuf_create() on
systems with large RAM and huge number of dbufs per dnode.
Avoid few accesses to dbuf_caches[].size, which is highly congested
under high IOPS and never stays in cache for a long time. Use local
value we are receiving from zfs_refcount_add_many() any way.
Remove cache_size_bytes_max bump from dbuf_evict_one(). I don't see
a point to do it on dbuf eviction after we done it on insertion in
dbuf_rele_and_unlock().
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc.
Closes#9931
Additionally pull in state machine comments about
upcoming async cow work.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9902
This replaces the placeholder ZFS_PROP_PRIVATE with ZFS_PROP_ACLMODE,
matching what is done in the NFSv4 ACLs PR (#9709).
On FreeBSD we hide ZFS_PROP_ACLTYPE, while on Linux we hide
ZFS_PROP_ACLMODE.
The tests already assume this arrangement.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#9913
When we finish a zfs receive, dmu_recv_end_sync() calls
zvol_create_minors(async=TRUE). This kicks off some other threads that
create the minor device nodes (in /dev/zvol/poolname/...). These async
threads call zvol_prefetch_minors_impl() and zvol_create_minor(), which
both call dmu_objset_own(), which puts a "long hold" on the dataset.
Since the zvol minor node creation is asynchronous, this can happen
after the `ZFS_IOC_RECV[_NEW]` ioctl and `zfs receive` process have
completed.
After the first receive ioctl has completed, userland may attempt to do
another receive into the same dataset (e.g. the next incremental
stream). This second receive and the asynchronous minor node creation
can interfere with one another in several different ways, because they
both require exclusive access to the dataset:
1. When the second receive is finishing up, dmu_recv_end_check() does
dsl_dataset_handoff_check(), which can fail with EBUSY if the async
minor node creation already has a "long hold" on this dataset. This
causes the 2nd receive to fail.
2. The async udev rule can fail if zvol_id and/or systemd-udevd try to
open the device while the the second receive's async attempt at minor
node creation owns the dataset (via zvol_prefetch_minors_impl). This
causes the minor node (/dev/zd*) to exist, but the udev-generated
/dev/zvol/... to not exist.
3. The async minor node creation can silently fail with EBUSY if the
first receive's zvol_create_minor() trys to own the dataset while the
second receive's zvol_prefetch_minors_impl already owns the dataset.
To address these problems, this change synchronously creates the minor
node. To avoid the lock ordering problems that the asynchrony was
introduced to fix (see #3681), we create the minor nodes from open
context, with no locks held, rather than from syncing contex as was
originally done.
Implementation notes:
We generally do not need to traverse children or prefetch anything (e.g.
when running the recv, snapshot, create, or clone subcommands of zfs).
We only need recursion when importing/opening a pool and when loading
encryption keys. The existing recursive, asynchronous, prefetching code
is preserved for use in these cases.
Channel programs may need to create zvol minor nodes, when creating a
snapshot of a zvol with the snapdev property set. We figure out what
snapshots are created when running the LUA program in syncing context.
In this case we need to remember what snapshots were created, and then
try to create their minor nodes from open context, after the LUA code
has completed.
There are additional zvol use cases that asynchronously own the dataset,
which can cause similar problems. E.g. changing the volmode or snapdev
properties. These are less problematic because they are not recursive
and don't touch datasets that are not involved in the operation, there
is still potential for interference with subsequent operations. In the
future, these cases should be similarly converted to create the zvol
minor node synchronously from open context.
The async tasks of removing and renaming minors do not own the objset,
so they do not have this problem. However, it may make sense to also
convert these operations to happen synchronously from open context, in
the future.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-65948
Closes#7863Closes#9885
Implements the RAID-Z function using AltiVec SIMD.
This is basically the NEON code translated to AltiVec.
Note that the 'fletcher' algorithm requires 64-bits
operations, and the initial implementations of AltiVec
(PPC74xx a.k.a. G4, PPC970 a.k.a. G5) only has up to
32-bits operations, so no 'fletcher'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@european-processor-initiative.eu>
Closes#9539
This adds support in channel programs to inherit properties analogous
to `zfs inherit` by adding `zfs.sync.inherit` and `zfs.check.inherit`
functions to the ZFS LUA API.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Closes#9738
Currently, the handling for errata #4 has two issues which allow
the checks for this issue to be bypassed using resumable sends.
The first issue is that drc->drc_fromsnapobj is not set in the
resuming code as it is in the non-resuming code. This causes
dsl_crypto_recv_key_check() to skip its checks for the
from_ivset_guid. The second issue is that resumable sends do not
clean up their on-disk state if they fail the checks in
dmu_recv_stream() that happen before any data is received.
As a result of these two bugs, a user can attempt a resumable send
of a dataset without a from_ivset_guid. This will fail the initial
dmu_recv_stream() checks, leaving a valid resume state. The send
can then be resumed, which skips those checks, allowing the receive
to be completed.
This commit fixes these issues by setting drc->drc_fromsnapobj in
the resuming receive path and by ensuring that resumablereceives
are properly cleaned up if they fail the initial dmu_recv_stream()
checks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9818Closes#9829
zfs_mount_at() mounts a dataset at an arbitrary mountpoint rather than
at the configured mountpoint. This may be used by consumers that wish to
temporarily expose a dataset at another mountpoint without altering
dataset/pool properties.
This will be used by FreeBSD's libbe be_mount(), which mounts a boot
environment at an arbitrary mountpoint.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9833
Update the project website links contained in to repository to
reference the secure https://zfsonlinux.org address.
Reviewed-By: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Garrett Fields <ghfields@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9837
This commit adds the --saved (-S) to the 'zfs send' command.
This flag allows a user to send a partially received dataset,
which can be useful when migrating a backup server to new
hardware. This flag is compatible with resumable receives, so
even if the saved send is interrupted, it can be resumed.
The flag does not require any user / kernel ABI changes or any
new feature flags in the send stream format.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9007
Most of libzfs.h doesn't provide names for the parameters
in its signatures. These few functions included them. That
wouldn't be a problem, per se, but the 'lines' parameter
conflicts with the 'lines' #define from terminfo's term.h,
present for at least a decade. This makes it difficult to
compile code making use of both ZFS and terminfo.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nick Black <dankamongmen@gmail.com>
Closes#9821
For dedup, special and log devices "zpool add -n" does not print
correctly their vdev type:
~# zpool add -n pool dedup /tmp/dedup special /tmp/special log /tmp/log
would update 'pool' to the following configuration:
pool
/tmp/normal
/tmp/dedup
/tmp/special
/tmp/log
This could lead storage administrators to modify their ZFS pools to
unexpected and unintended vdev configurations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9783Closes#9390
If the ZFS_COLOR env variable is set, then use ANSI color
output in zpool status:
- Column headers are bold
- Degraded or offline pools/vdevs are yellow
- Non-zero error counters and faulted vdevs/pools are red
- The 'status:' and 'action:' sections are yellow if they're
displaying a warning.
This also includes a new 'faketty' function in libtest.shlib that is
compatible with FreeBSD (code provided by @freqlabs).
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#9340
FreeBSD's vfs currently doesn't permit file systems
to do their own locking. To avoid having to have
duplicate zfs functions with and without locking add
locking here. With luck these changes can be removed
in the future.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9715
The quota functions are common to all implementations and can be
moved to common code. As a simplification they were moved to the
Linux platform code in the initial refactoring.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9710
Add the 'zfs jail/unjail' subcommands along with the relevant
documentation from FreeBSD. This feature is not supported on
Linux and still requires the match kernel ioctls which will
be included when the FreeBSD platform code is integrated.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9686
Change many of the znops routines to take a znode rather
than an inode so that zfs_replay code can be largely shared
and in the future the much of the znops code may be shared.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9708
fxsave and xsave require the target address to be 16-/64-byte aligned.
kmalloc(_node) does not (yet) offer such fine-grained control over
alignment[0,1], even though it does "the right thing" most of the time
for power-of-2 sizes. unfortunately, alignment is completely off when
using certain debugging or hardening features/configs, such as KASAN,
slub_debug=Z or the not-yet-upstream SLAB_CANARY.
Use alloc_pages_node() instead which allows us to allocate page-aligned
memory. Since fpregs_state is padded to a full page anyway, and this
code is only relevant for x86 which has 4k pages, this approach should
not allocate any unnecessary memory but still guarantee the needed
alignment.
0: https://lwn.net/Articles/787740/
1: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/20190826111627.7505-1-vbabka@suse.cz/
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9608Closes#9674
The zfsvfs->z_sb field is Linux specified and should be abstracted.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9697
This change allows us to align the code dump logic across platforms.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9691
FreeBSD uses its own crypto framework in-kernel which, at this time,
has no EDONR implementation.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9664
FreeBSD requires three additional ioctls, they are ZFS_IOC_NEXTBOOT,
ZFS_IOC_JAIL, and ZFS_IOC_UNJAIL. These have been added after the
Linux-specific ioctls. The range 0x80-0xFF has been reserved for
future optional platform-specific ioctls. Any platform may choose
to implement these as appropriate.
None of the existing ioctl numbers have been changed to maintain
compatibility. For Linux no vectors have been registered for the
new ioctls and they are reported as unsupported.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9667
Update zfs_deadman_failmode to use the ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_CALL
wrapper, and split the common and platform specific portions.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9670
Remove the ASSERTV macro and handle suppressing unused
compiler warnings for variables only in ASSERTs using the
__attribute__((unused)) compiler annotation. The annotation
is understood by both gcc and clang.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9671
- on Linux move Linux specific headers to zfs_context_os.h
- on FreeBSD move FreeBSD specific definitions to zfs_context_os.h
- remove duplicate tsd_ definitions
- remove unused AT_TYPE
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9668
Moving qsort to the platform header allows each platform to
provide an appropriate sorting implementation.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9663
FreeBSD needs to cope with multiple version of the zfs_cmd_t
structure. Allowing the platform code to pre and post
process the cmd structure makes it possible to work with
legacy tooling.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9624
Linux and FreeBSD use different names for suid / setuid.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9632
FreeBSD needs to be able to pass the jail id to the jail/unjail ioctls
and the struct file in the device structure is unused.
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9625
- move linux/ includes to platform headers
- add void * io_bio to zio for tracking the underlying bio
- add freebsd specific fields to abd_scatter
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9615
As described in commit f81d5ef6 the zfs_vdev_elevator module
option is being removed. Users who require this functionality
should update their systems to set the disk scheduler using a
udev rule.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #8664Closes#9417Closes#9609
If a device is participating in an active resilver, then it will have a
non-empty DTL. Operations like vdev_{open,reopen,probe}() can cause the
resilver to be restarted (or deferred to be restarted later), which is
unnecessary if the DTL is still covered by the current scan range. This
is similar to the logic in vdev_dtl_should_excise() where the DTL can
only be excised if it's max txg is in the resilvered range.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com>
Issue #840Closes#9155Closes#9378Closes#9551Closes#9588
Provide a common zfs_file_* interface which can be implemented on all
platforms to perform normal file access from either the kernel module
or the libzpool library.
This allows all non-portable vnode_t usage in the common code to be
replaced by the new portable zfs_file_t. The associated vnode and
kobj compatibility functions, types, and macros have been removed
from the SPL. Moving forward, vnodes should only be used in platform
specific code when provided by the native operating system.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9556
Reinstate the zpl_revalidate() functionality to resolve a regression
where dentries for open files during a rollback are not invalidated.
The unrelated functionality for automatically unmounting .zfs/snapshots
was not reverted. Nor was the addition of shrink_dcache_sb() to the
zfs_resume_fs() function.
This issue was not immediately caught by the CI because the test case
intended to catch it was included in the list of ZTS tests which may
occasionally fail for unrelated reasons. Remove all of the rollback
tests from this list to help identify the frequency of any spurious
failures.
The rollback_003_pos.ksh test case exposes a real issue with the
long standing code which needs to be investigated. Regardless,
it has been enable with a small workaround in the test case itself.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9587Closes#9592
This adds a new KMC_KVMEM flag was added to enforce use of the
kvmalloc allocator in kmem_cache_create even for large blocks, which
may also increase performance in some specific cases (e.g. zstd), too.
Default to KVMEM instead of VMEM in spl_kmem_cache_create.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#9034
This patch implements use of kvmalloc for GFP_KERNEL allocations, which
may increase performance if the allocator is able to allocate physical
memory, if kvmalloc is available as a public kernel interface (since
v4.12). Otherwise it will simply fall back to virtual memory (vmalloc).
Also fix vmem_alloc implementation which can lead to slow allocations
since the first attempt with kmalloc does not make use of the noretry
flag but tells the linux kernel to retry several times before it fails.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#9034
FreeBSD needs a wrapper for handling zfs_cmd ioctls.
In libzfs this is handled by zfs_ioctl. However, here
we need to wrap the call directly.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9511
Increase the minimum supported kernel version from 2.6.32 to 3.10.
This removes support for the following Linux enterprise distributions.
Distribution | Kernel | End of Life
---------------- | ------ | -------------
Ubuntu 12.04 LTS | 3.2 | Apr 28, 2017
SLES 11 | 3.0 | Mar 32, 2019
RHEL / CentOS 6 | 2.6.32 | Nov 30, 2020
The following changes were made as part of removing support.
* Updated `configure` to enforce a minimum kernel version as
specified in the META file (Linux-Minimum: 3.10).
configure: error:
*** Cannot build against kernel version 2.6.32.
*** The minimum supported kernel version is 3.10.
* Removed all `configure` kABI checks and matching C code for
interfaces which solely predate the Linux 3.10 kernel.
* Updated all `configure` kABI checks to fail when an interface is
missing which was in the 3.10 kernel up to the latest 5.1 kernel.
Removed the HAVE_* preprocessor defines for these checks and
updated the code to unconditionally use the verified interface.
* Inverted the detection logic in several kABI checks to match
the new interface as it appears in 3.10 and newer and not the
legacy interface.
* Consolidated the following checks in to individual files. Due
the large number of changes in the checks it made sense to handle
this now. It would be desirable to group other related checks in
the same fashion, but this as left as future work.
- config/kernel-blkdev.m4 - Block device kABI checks
- config/kernel-blk-queue.m4 - Block queue kABI checks
- config/kernel-bio.m4 - Bio interface kABI checks
* Removed the kABI checks for sops->nr_cached_objects() and
sops->free_cached_objects(). These interfaces are currently unused.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9566
On Linux the full path preceding devices is stripped when formatting
vdev names. On FreeBSD we only want to strip "/dev/". Hide the
implementation details of path stripping behind zfs_strip_path().
Make zfs_strip_partition_path() static in Linux implementation while
here, since it is never used outside of the file it is defined in.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9565
This patch removes the need for zpl_revalidate altogether.
There were 3 main reasons why we used d_revalidate:
1. periodic automounted snapshots umount deferral
2. negative dentries created before snapshot rollback
3. stale inodes referenced by dentry cache after snapshot rollback
Periodic snapshots deferral solution introduces zfs_exit_fs function,
which is called as a part of ZFS_EXIT(zfsvfs_t) macro.
Negative dentries and stale inodes are solved by flushing the dcache
for the particular dataset on zfs_resume_fs call.
This patch also removes now unused HAVE_S_D_OP configure test.
Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Closes#8774Closes#9549
This adds basic support for RISC-V, specifically RV64G.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@european-processor-initiative.eu>
Closes#9540
Some of the znode fields are different and functions
consuming an inode don't exist on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9536
This change modifies some of the infrastructure for enabling the use of
the DTRACE_PROBE* macros, such that we can use tehm in the "spl" module.
Currently, when the DTRACE_PROBE* macros are used, they get expanded to
create new functions, and these dynamically generated functions become
part of the "zfs" module.
Since the "spl" module does not depend on the "zfs" module, the use of
DTRACE_PROBE* in the "spl" module would result in undefined symbols
being used in the "spl" module. Specifically, DTRACE_PROBE* would turn
into a function call, and the function being called would be a symbol
only contained in the "zfs" module; which results in a linker and/or
runtime error.
Thus, this change adds the necessary logic to the "spl" module, to
mirror the tracing functionality available to the "zfs" module. After
this change, we'll have a "trace_zfs.h" header file which defines the
probes available only to the "zfs" module, and a "trace_spl.h" header
file which defines the probes available only to the "spl" module.
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Closes#9525
MODULE_VERSION is already defined on FreeBSD. Wrap all of the
used MODULE_* macros for the sake of consistency and portability.
Add a user space noop version to reduce the need for _KERNEL ifdefs.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9542
A struct rangelock already exists on FreeBSD. Add a zfs_ prefix as
per our convention to prevent any conflict with existing symbols.
This change is a follow up to 2cc479d0.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9534
The FreeBSD implementation can fail, allow this function to
fail and add the required error handling for Linux.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9541
FreeBSD has its own sha routines that the port uses.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9530
Follow up to 511fce6b which missed a cast.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9533
Move these Linux module parameter get/set helpers in to
platform specific code.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9457
It is much faster than AVX512F when byteswapping on Skylake-SP
and newer, as we can do the byteswap in a single vshufb instead
of many instructions.
Reviewed by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#9517
FreeBSD has no analog. Buffered block devices were removed a decade
plus ago.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9508
- FreeBSD's rootpool import code uses spa_config_parse
- Move the zvol_create_minors call out from under the
spa_namespace_lock in spa_import. It isn't needed and it causes
a lock order reversal on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9499
In original implementation, zpool history will read the whole history
before printing anything, causing memory usage goes unbounded. We fix
this by breaking it into read-print iterations.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#9516
This change leverage module_param_call() to run arc_tuning_update()
immediately after the ARC tunable has been updated as suggested in
cffa8372 code review.
A simple test case is added to the ZFS Test Suite to prevent future
regressions in functionality.
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9487Closes#9489
EBADE, EBADR, and ENOANO do not exist on FreeBSD
The libspl errno.h is similarly platform dependent.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9498
It's mostly a noop on ZoL and it conflicts with platforms that
support dtrace. Remove this header to resolve the conflict.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9497
Contrary to initial testing we cannot rely on these kernels to
invalidate the per-cpu FPU state and restore the FPU registers.
Nor can we guarantee that the kernel won't modify the FPU state
which we saved in the task struck.
Therefore, the kfpu_begin() and kfpu_end() functions have been
updated to save and restore the FPU state using our own dedicated
per-cpu FPU state variables.
This has the additional advantage of allowing us to use the FPU
again in user threads. So we remove the code which was added to
use task queues to ensure some functions ran in kernel threads.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #9346Closes#9403
Giving a name to this enum makes it discoverable from
debugging tools like DRGN and SDB. For example, with
the name proposed on this patch we can iterate over
these values in DRGN:
```
>>> prog.type('enum kmc_bit').enumerators
(('KMC_BIT_NOTOUCH', 0), ('KMC_BIT_NODEBUG', 1),
('KMC_BIT_NOMAGAZINE', 2), ('KMC_BIT_NOHASH', 3),
('KMC_BIT_QCACHE', 4), ('KMC_BIT_KMEM', 5),
('KMC_BIT_VMEM', 6), ('KMC_BIT_SLAB', 7),
...
```
This enables SDB to easily pretty-print the flags of
the spl_kmem_caches in the system like this:
```
> spl_kmem_caches -o "name,flags,total_memory"
name flags total_memory
------------------------ ----------------------- ------------
abd_t KMC_NOMAGAZINE|KMC_SLAB 4.5MB
arc_buf_hdr_t_full KMC_NOMAGAZINE|KMC_SLAB 12.3MB
... <cropped> ...
ddt_cache KMC_VMEM 583.7KB
ddt_entry_cache KMC_NOMAGAZINE|KMC_SLAB 0.0B
... <cropped> ...
zio_buf_1048576 KMC_NODEBUG|KMC_VMEM 0.0B
... <cropped> ...
```
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#9478
Factor Linux specific memory pressure handling out of ARC. Each
platform will have different available interfaces for managing memory
pressure.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9472
Only pass the file descriptor to make zfsdev_get_miror() portable.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9466
We get the sizeof the appropriate type, and don't cast away const.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9455
Rename certain functions for more consistency when they share common
features. Make comments clearer about what arguments should be passed
to the insert and add functions.
Reviewed by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9441
FreeBSD uses this in its pager ops routines
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9431
When "feature@allocation_classes" is not enabled on the pool no vdev
with "special" or "dedup" allocation type should be allowed to exist in
the vdev tree.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9427Closes#9429
Temporary property handling at the VFS layer requires
platform specific code.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9401
Make the metaslab platform agnostic again by adding
accessor functions which can be implemented by each
platform.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9404
FreeBSD's zvol platform code requires access to the
zil_async_to_sync() function.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9440
In the FreeBSD kernel the strdup signature is:
```
char *strdup(const char *__restrict, struct malloc_type *);
```
It's unfortunate that the developers have chosen to change
the signature of libc functions - but it's what I have to
deal with.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9433
This patch implements a new tree structure for ZFS, and uses it to
store range trees more efficiently.
The new structure is approximately a B-tree, though there are some
small differences from the usual characterizations. The tree has core
nodes and leaf nodes; each contain data elements, which the elements
in the core nodes acting as separators between its children. The
difference between core and leaf nodes is that the core nodes have an
array of children, while leaf nodes don't. Every node in the tree may
be only partially full; in most cases, they are all at least 50% full
(in terms of element count) except for the root node, which can be
less full. Underfull nodes will steal from their neighbors or merge to
remain full enough, while overfull nodes will split in two. The data
elements are contained in tree-controlled buffers; they are copied
into these on insertion, and overwritten on deletion. This means that
the elements are not independently allocated, which reduces overhead,
but also means they can't be shared between trees (and also that
pointers to them are only valid until a side-effectful tree operation
occurs). The overhead varies based on how dense the tree is, but is
usually on the order of about 50% of the element size; the per-node
overheads are very small, and so don't make a significant difference.
The trees can accept arbitrary records; they accept a size and a
comparator to allow them to be used for a variety of purposes.
The new trees replace the AVL trees used in the range trees today.
Currently, the range_seg_t structure contains three 8 byte integers
of payload and two 24 byte avl_tree_node_ts to handle its storage in
both an offset-sorted tree and a size-sorted tree (total size: 64
bytes). In the new model, the range seg structures are usually two 4
byte integers, but a separate one needs to exist for the size-sorted
and offset-sorted tree. Between the raw size, the 50% overhead, and
the double storage, the new btrees are expected to use 8*1.5*2 = 24
bytes per record, or 33.3% as much memory as the AVL trees (this is
for the purposes of storing metaslab range trees; for other purposes,
like scrubs, they use ~50% as much memory).
We reduced the size of the payload in the range segments by teaching
range trees about starting offsets and shifts; since metaslabs have a
fixed starting offset, and they all operate in terms of disk sectors,
we can store the ranges using 4-byte integers as long as the size of
the metaslab divided by the sector size is less than 2^32. For 512-byte
sectors, this is a 2^41 (or 2TB) metaslab, which with the default
settings corresponds to a 256PB disk. 4k sector disks can handle
metaslabs up to 2^46 bytes, or 2^63 byte disks. Since we do not
anticipate disks of this size in the near future, there should be
almost no cases where metaslabs need 64-byte integers to store their
ranges. We do still have the capability to store 64-byte integer ranges
to account for cases where we are storing per-vdev (or per-dnode) trees,
which could reasonably go above the limits discussed. We also do not
store fill information in the compact version of the node, since it
is only used for sorted scrub.
We also optimized the metaslab loading process in various other ways
to offset some inefficiencies in the btree model. While individual
operations (find, insert, remove_from) are faster for the btree than
they are for the avl tree, remove usually requires a find operation,
while in the AVL tree model the element itself suffices. Some clever
changes actually caused an overall speedup in metaslab loading; we use
approximately 40% less cpu to load metaslabs in our tests on Illumos.
Another memory and performance optimization was achieved by changing
what is stored in the size-sorted trees. When a disk is heavily
fragmented, the df algorithm used by default in ZFS will almost always
find a number of small regions in its initial cursor-based search; it
will usually only fall back to the size-sorted tree to find larger
regions. If we increase the size of the cursor-based search slightly,
and don't store segments that are smaller than a tunable size floor
in the size-sorted tree, we can further cut memory usage down to
below 20% of what the AVL trees store. This also results in further
reductions in CPU time spent loading metaslabs.
The 16KiB size floor was chosen because it results in substantial memory
usage reduction while not usually resulting in situations where we can't
find an appropriate chunk with the cursor and are forced to use an
oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree. In addition, even if we do
have to use an oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree, the chunk
would be too small to use for ZIL allocations, so it isn't as big of a
loss as it might otherwise be. And often, more small allocations will
follow the initial one, and the cursor search will now find the
remainder of the chunk we didn't use all of and use it for subsequent
allocations. Practical testing has shown little or no change in
fragmentation as a result of this change.
If the size-sorted tree becomes empty while the offset sorted one still
has entries, it will load all the entries from the offset sorted tree
and disregard the size floor until it is unloaded again. This operation
occurs rarely with the default setting, only on incredibly thoroughly
fragmented pools.
There are some other small changes to zdb to teach it to handle btrees,
but nothing major.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy seb@delphix.com
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9181
A rangelock KPI already exists on FreeBSD. Add a zfs_ prefix as
per our convention to prevent any conflict with existing symbols.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9402
Factor Linux specific functionality out of libzfs.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9377
Factor Linux specific functionality out of libzutil.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9356
Make arc_stats visible to platform code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9386
Factor Linux specific functions out of the zpool command.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9333
Refactor the zfs ioctls in to platform dependent and independent bits.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9301
Currently, the recv_fix_encryption_hierarchy() function accepts
'destsnap' as one of its parameters. Originally, this was intended
to be the top-level dataset of a receive (whether or not the
receive was recursive). Unfortunately, this parameter actually is
simply the input that is passed in from the command line. When
the user specifies 'zfs recv -d', this string is actually only the
name of the receiving pool since the rest of the name is derived
from the send stream. This causes the function to fail, leaving
some datasets with an invalid encryption hierarchy.
This patch resolves this problem by passing in the top_zfs variable
instead. In order to make this work, this patch also includes some
changes that ensure the value is always present when we need it.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9273Closes#9309
Refactor the zvol in to platform dependent and independent bits.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9295
Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running
operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool
status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient.
This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked,
'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity
completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following:
- Scrubs or resilvers to complete
- Devices to initialized
- Devices to be replaced
- Devices to be removed
- Checkpoints to be discarded
- Background freeing to complete
For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running
zpool wait -t scrub <pool>
This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace,
remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations
kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous.
This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of
activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl
blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used
over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the
sake of portability.
Porting Notes:
This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes
were made while porting:
- Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration.
- Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate
better with changes made for TRIM support.
- Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress.
Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of
just if a checkpoint was being discarded.
- Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable.
- Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait'
functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS.
- Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with
zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg.
- Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait.
Future work:
ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the
future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for
trim operations to complete.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#9162
1. Fix issue: Kernel BUG with QAT during decompression #9276.
Now it is uninterruptible for a specific given QAT request,
but Ctrl-C interrupt still works in user-space process.
2. Copy the digest result to the buffer only when doing encryption,
and vise-versa for decryption.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chengfei Zhu <chengfeix.zhu@intel.com>
Closes#9276Closes#9303
objnode is OS agnostic and used only by dmu_redact.c.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9315
Move Linux specific tracing headers and source to platform directories
and update the build system.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9290
Accidentally introduced by dc04a8c which now takes the SCL_VDEV lock
as a reader in zfs_blkptr_verify(). A deadlock can occur if the
/etc/hostid file resides on a dataset in the same pool. This is
because reading the /etc/hostid file may occur while the caller is
holding the SCL_VDEV lock as a writer. For example, to perform a
`zpool attach` as shown in the abbreviated stack below.
To resolve the issue we cache the system's hostid when initializing
the spa_t, or when modifying the multihost property. The cached
value is then relied upon for subsequent accesses.
Call Trace:
spa_config_enter+0x1e8/0x350 [zfs]
zfs_blkptr_verify+0x33c/0x4f0 [zfs] <--- trying read lock
zio_read+0x6c/0x140 [zfs]
...
vfs_read+0xfc/0x1e0
kernel_read+0x50/0x90
...
spa_get_hostid+0x1c/0x38 [zfs]
spa_config_generate+0x1a0/0x610 [zfs]
vdev_label_init+0xa0/0xc80 [zfs]
vdev_create+0x98/0xe0 [zfs]
spa_vdev_attach+0x14c/0xb40 [zfs] <--- grabbed write lock
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9256Closes#9285
When adding the SIMD compatibility code in e5db313 the decryption of a
dataset wrapping key was left in a user thread context. This was done
intentionally since it's a relatively infrequent operation. However,
this also meant that the encryption context templates were initialized
using the generic operations. Therefore, subsequent encryption and
decryption operations would use the generic implementation even when
executed by an I/O pipeline thread.
Resolve the issue by initializing the context templates in an I/O
pipeline thread. And by updating zio_do_crypt_uio() to dispatch any
encryption operations to a pipeline thread when called from the user
context. For example, when performing a read from the ARC.
Tested-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9215Closes#9296
Move platform specific Linux source under module/os/linux/
and update the build system accordingly. Additional code
restructuring will follow to make the common code fully
portable.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9206
Adds ZFS_MODULE_PARAM to abstract module parameter
setting to operating systems other than Linux.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9230
Move platform specific Linux headers under include/os/linux/.
Update the build system accordingly to detect the platform.
This lays some of the initial groundwork to supporting building
for other platforms.
As part of this change it was necessary to create both a user
and kernel space sys/simd.h header which can be included in
either context. No functional change, the source has been
refactored and the relevant #include's updated.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9198
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#9238
With the other metaslab changes loaded onto a system, we can
significantly reduce the memory usage of each loaded metaslab and
unload them on demand if there is memory pressure. However, none
of those changes actually result in us keeping more metaslabs loaded.
If we don't keep more metaslabs loaded, we will still have to wait
for demand-loading to finish when no loaded metaslab can satisfy our
allocation, which can cause ZIL performance issues. In addition,
performance is traditionally measured by IOs per unit time, while
unloading is currently done on a txg-count basis. Txgs can take a
widely varying range of times, from tenths of a second to several
seconds. This can result in confusing, hard to predict behavior.
This change simply adds a time-based component to metaslab unloading.
A metaslab will remain loaded for one minute and 8 txgs (by default)
after it was last used, unless it is evicted due to memory pressure.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-65016
External-issue: DLPX-65047
Closes#9197
If TX_REMOVE is followed by TX_CREATE on the same object id, we need to
make sure the object removal is completely finished before creation. The
current implementation relies on dnode_hold_impl with
DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED returning ENOENT. While this check seems to work
fine before, in current version it does not guarantee the object removal
is completed.
We fix this by checking if DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE returns successful
instead. Also add test and remove dead code in dnode_hold_impl.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7151Closes#8910Closes#9123Closes#9145
Currently, the 'zfs rollback' code can end up deadlocked due to
the way the kernel handles unreferenced inodes on a suspended fs.
Essentially, the zfs_resume_fs() code path may cause zfs to spawn
new threads as it reinstantiates the suspended fs's zil. When a
new thread is spawned, the kernel may attempt to free memory for
that thread by freeing some unreferenced inodes. If it happens to
select inodes that are a a part of the suspended fs a deadlock
will occur because freeing inodes requires holding the fs's
z_teardown_inactive_lock which is still held from the suspend.
This patch corrects this issue by adding an additional reference
to all inodes that are still present when a suspend is initiated.
This prevents them from being freed by the kernel for any reason.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9203
When there are many snapshots, calls to zfs_ioc_space_snaps() (e.g. from
`zfs destroy -nv pool/fs@snap1%snap10000`) can be very slow, resulting
in poor performance because we are holding the dp_config_rwlock the
entire time, blocking spa_sync() from continuing. With around ten
thousand snapshots, we've seen up to 500 seconds in this ioctl,
iterating over up to 50,000,000 bpobjs, ~99% of which are the empty
bpobj.
By creating a fast path for zfs_ioc_space_snaps() handling of the
empty_bpobj, we can achieve a ~5x performance improvement of this ioctl
(when there are many snapshots, and the deadlist is mostly
empty_bpobj's).
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-58348
Closes#8744
On systems with large amounts of storage and high fragmentation, a huge
amount of space can be used by storing metaslab range trees. Since
metaslabs are only unloaded during a txg sync, and only if they have
been inactive for 8 txgs, it is possible to get into a state where all
of the system's memory is consumed by range trees and metaslabs, and
txgs cannot sync. While ZFS knows how to evict ARC data when needed,
it has no such mechanism for range tree data. This can result in boot
hangs for some system configurations.
First, we add the ability to unload metaslabs outside of syncing
context. Second, we store a multilist of all loaded metaslabs, sorted
by their selection txg, so we can quickly identify the oldest
metaslabs. We use a multilist to reduce lock contention during heavy
write workloads. Finally, we add logic that will unload a metaslab
when we're loading a new metaslab, if we're using more than a certain
fraction of the available memory on range trees.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9128
When we check the vdev of the blkptr in zfs_blkptr_verify, we can run
into a race condition where that vdev is temporarily unavailable. This
happens when a device removal operation and the old vdev_t has been
removed from the array, but the new indirect vdev has not yet been
inserted.
We hold the spa_config_lock while doing our sensitive verification.
To ensure that we don't deadlock, we only grab the lock if we don't
have config_writer held. In addition, I had to const the tags of the
refcounts and the spa_config_lock arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9112
We should only call zil_remove_async when an object is removed. However,
in current implementation, it is called whenever TX_REMOVE is called. In
the case of hardlinked file, every unlink will generate TX_REMOVE and
causing operations to be dropped even when the object is not removed.
We fix this by only calling zil_remove_async when the file is fully
unlinked.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#8769Closes#9061
When a pool is imported it will scan the pool to verify the integrity
of the data and metadata. The amount it scans will depend on the
import flags provided. On systems with small amounts of memory or
when importing a pool from the crash kernel, it's possible for
spa_load_verify to issue too many I/Os that it consumes all the memory
of the system resulting in an OOM message or a hang.
To prevent this, we limit the amount of memory that the initial pool
scan can consume. This change will, by default, use 1/16th of the ARC
for scan I/Os to prevent running the system out of memory during import.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson george.wilson@delphix.com
External-issue: DLPX-65237
External-issue: DLPX-65238
Closes#9146
Given znode_t is an in-core structure, it's more readable to have
them as boolean. Also co-locate existing boolean fields with them
for space efficiency (expecting 8 booleans to be packed/aligned).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#9092
This is not implemented. If it were implemented, using it would risk
deadlocks on pre-3.18 kernels. Lets just drop it.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Closes#9119
When we unload metaslabs today in ZFS, the cached max_size value is
discarded. We instead use the histogram to determine whether or not we
think we can satisfy an allocation from the metaslab. This can result in
situations where, if we're doing I/Os of a size not aligned to a
histogram bucket, a metaslab is loaded even though it cannot satisfy the
allocation we think it can. For example, a metaslab with 16 entries in
the 16k-32k bucket may have entirely 16kB entries. If we try to allocate
a 24kB buffer, we will load that metaslab because we think it should be
able to handle the allocation. Doing so is expensive in CPU time, disk
reads, and average IO latency. This is exacerbated if the write being
attempted is a sync write.
This change makes ZFS cache the max_size after the metaslab is
unloaded. If we ever get a free (or a coalesced group of frees) larger
than the max_size, we will update it. Otherwise, we leave it as is. When
attempting to allocate, we use the max_size as a lower bound, and
respect it unless we are in try_hard. However, we do age the max_size
out at some point, since we expect the actual max_size to increase as we
do more frees. A more sophisticated algorithm here might be helpful, but
this works reasonably well.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9055
Deleting a clone requires finding blocks are clone-only, not shared
with the snapshot. This was done by traversing the entire block tree
which results in a large performance penalty for sparsely
written clones.
This is new method keeps track of clone blocks when they are
modified in a "Livelist" so that, when it’s time to delete,
the clone-specific blocks are already at hand.
We see performance improvements because now deletion work is
proportional to the number of clone-modified blocks, not the size
of the original dataset.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Closes#8416
The rwlock implementation on linux does not perform as well as mutexes.
We can realize a performance benefit by replacing the zf_rwlock with a
mutex. Local microbenchmarks show ~50% improvement, and over NFS we see
~5% improvement on several of the ZFS Performance Tests cases,
especially randwrite and seq_write.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#9062
In the past we've seen multiple race conditions that have
to do with open-context threads async threads and concurrent
calls to spa_export()/spa_destroy() (including the one
referenced in issue #9015).
This patch ensures that only one thread can execute the
main body of spa_export_common() at a time, with subsequent
threads returning with a new error code created just for
this situation, eliminating this way any race condition
bugs introduced by concurrent calls to this function.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#9015Closes#9044
These functions are unused and can be removed along
with the spl-mutex.c and spl-rwlock.c source files.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9029
The Linux kernel's rwsem's have never provided an interface to
allow a reader to be upgraded to a writer. Historically, this
functionality has been implemented by a SPL wrapper function.
However, this approach depends on internal knowledge of the
rw_semaphore and is therefore rather brittle.
Since the ZFS code must always be able to fallback to rw_exit()
and rw_enter() when an rw_tryupgrade() fails; this functionality
isn't critical. Furthermore, the only potentially performance
sensitive consumer is dmu_zfetch() and no decrease in performance
was observed with this change applied. See the PR comments for
additional testing details.
Therefore, it is being retired to make the build more robust and
to simplify the rwlock implementation.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9029
Commit https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/94a9717b updated the
rwsem's owner field to contain additional flags describing the rwsem's
state. Rather then update the wrappers to mask out these bits, the
code no longer relies on the owner stored by the kernel. This does
increase the size of a krwlock_t but it makes the implementation
less sensitive to future kernel changes.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9029
lockdep reports a possible recursive lock in dbuf_destroy.
It is true that dbuf_destroy is acquiring the dn_dbufs_mtx
on one dnode while holding it on another dnode. However,
it is impossible for these to be the same dnode because,
among other things,dbuf_destroy checks MUTEX_HELD before
acquiring the mutex.
This fix defines a class NESTED_SINGLE == 1 and changes
that lock to call mutex_enter_nested with a subclass of
NESTED_SINGLE.
In order to make the userspace code compile,
include/sys/zfs_context.h now defines mutex_enter_nested and
NESTED_SINGLE.
This is the lockdep report:
[ 122.950921] ============================================
[ 122.950921] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
[ 122.950921] 4.19.29-4.19.0-debug-d69edad5368c1166 #1 Tainted: G O
[ 122.950921] --------------------------------------------
[ 122.950921] dbu_evict/1457 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 122.950921] 0000000083e9cbcf (&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx){+.+.}, at: dbuf_destroy+0x3c0/0xdb0 [zfs]
[ 122.950921]
but task is already holding lock:
[ 122.950921] 0000000055523987 (&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx){+.+.}, at: dnode_evict_dbufs+0x90/0x740 [zfs]
[ 122.950921]
other info that might help us debug this:
[ 122.950921] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 122.950921] CPU0
[ 122.950921] ----
[ 122.950921] lock(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
[ 122.950921] lock(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
[ 122.950921]
*** DEADLOCK ***
[ 122.950921] May be due to missing lock nesting notation
[ 122.950921] 1 lock held by dbu_evict/1457:
[ 122.950921] #0: 0000000055523987 (&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx){+.+.}, at: dnode_evict_dbufs+0x90/0x740 [zfs]
[ 122.950921]
stack backtrace:
[ 122.950921] CPU: 0 PID: 1457 Comm: dbu_evict Tainted: G O 4.19.29-4.19.0-debug-d69edad5368c1166 #1
[ 122.950921] Hardware name: Supermicro H8SSL-I2/H8SSL-I2, BIOS 080011 03/13/2009
[ 122.950921] Call Trace:
[ 122.950921] dump_stack+0x91/0xeb
[ 122.950921] __lock_acquire+0x2ca7/0x4f10
[ 122.950921] lock_acquire+0x153/0x330
[ 122.950921] dbuf_destroy+0x3c0/0xdb0 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] dbuf_evict_one+0x1cc/0x3d0 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] dbuf_rele_and_unlock+0xb84/0xd60 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] dnode_evict_dbufs+0x3a6/0x740 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] dmu_objset_evict+0x7a/0x500 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] dsl_dataset_evict_async+0x70/0x480 [zfs]
[ 122.950921] taskq_thread+0x979/0x1480 [spl]
[ 122.950921] kthread+0x2e7/0x3e0
[ 122.950921] ret_from_fork+0x27/0x50
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Dike <jdike@akamai.com>
Closes#8984
When CONFIG_X86_DEBUG_FPU is defined the alternatives_patched symbol
is pulled in as a dependency which results in a build failure. To
prevent this undefine CONFIG_X86_DEBUG_FPU to disable the WARN_ON_FPU()
macro and rely on WARN_ON_ONCE debugging checks which were previously
added.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9041Closes#9049
Resolve an assortment of style inconsistencies including
use of white space, typos, capitalization, and line wrapping.
There is no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9030
= Motivation
At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation
is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot
of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata.
Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend
after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating
spacemaps.
The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've
touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes
scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to
their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example,
assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within
a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we
assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and
since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies
for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of
1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG.
We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less
I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on
disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk.
In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more
memory.
Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size
which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block
resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time.
The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os
going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact
is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little
to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would
actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger
block size.
= About this patch
This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the
solution to the above problem while taking into account all the
aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can
be found in the references sections below and in the code (see
Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c).
Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab
and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is
user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no
longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this,
when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced
with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array),
its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now
with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior
can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in
the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the
ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs
are truly unique within a pool.
= Testing
The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally
for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch
specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to
ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related
problems.
= Performance Analysis (Linux Specific)
All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in
the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux
gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run.
After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time
spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits
while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment
(graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png).
Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock
bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph:
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result
the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also
the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for
the log spacemap bits.
Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock
bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8,
and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79%
of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This
emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata
but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying
objects.
[related graphs:
stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png
lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png]
Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the
change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as
you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of
improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute
interval.
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png
= Porting to Other Platforms
For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below
is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on:
Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent
db587941c5
Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding
419ba59145
Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions
8dc2197b7b
Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load()
b194fab0fb
Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present
df72b8bebe
Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB
c853f382db
zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether
21e7cf5da8
vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs
7558997d2f
Simplify log vdev removal code
6c926f426a
Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length
425d3237ee
Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms
928e8ad47d
Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock
8eef997679
= References
Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature
- OpenZFS 2017 Presentation:
youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project
Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results
(Illumos Specific)
- Blogpost:
sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/
- OpenZFS 2018 Presentation:
youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm
Upstream Delphix Issues:
DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320
DLPX-63385
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8442
struct pathname is originally from Solaris VFS, and it has been used
in ZoL to merely call VOP from Linux VFS interface without API change,
therefore pathname::pn_path* are unused and unneeded. Technically,
struct pathname is a wrapper for C string in ZoL.
Saves stack a bit on lookup and unlink.
(#if0'd members instead of removing since comments refer to them.)
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#9025
Restore the SIMD optimization for 4.19.38 LTS, 4.14.120 LTS,
and 5.0 and newer kernels. This is accomplished by leveraging
the fact that by definition dedicated kernel threads never need
to concern themselves with saving and restoring the user FPU state.
Therefore, they may use the FPU as long as we can guarantee user
tasks always restore their FPU state before context switching back
to user space.
For the 5.0 and 5.1 kernels disabling preemption and local
interrupts is sufficient to allow the FPU to be used. All non-kernel
threads will restore the preserved user FPU state.
For 5.2 and latter kernels the user FPU state restoration will be
skipped if the kernel determines the registers have not changed.
Therefore, for these kernels we need to perform the additional
step of saving and restoring the FPU registers. Invalidating the
per-cpu global tracking the FPU state would force a restore but
that functionality is private to the core x86 FPU implementation
and unavailable.
In practice, restricting SIMD to kernel threads is not a major
restriction for ZFS. The vast majority of SIMD operations are
already performed by the IO pipeline. The remaining cases are
relatively infrequent and can be handled by the generic code
without significant impact. The two most noteworthy cases are:
1) Decrypting the wrapping key for an encrypted dataset,
i.e. `zfs load-key`. All other encryption and decryption
operations will use the SIMD optimized implementations.
2) Generating the payload checksums for a `zfs send` stream.
In order to avoid making any changes to the higher layers of ZFS
all of the `*_get_ops()` functions were updated to take in to
consideration the calling context. This allows for the fastest
implementation to be used as appropriate (see kfpu_allowed()).
The only other notable instance of SIMD operations being used
outside a kernel thread was at module load time. This code
was moved in to a taskq in order to accommodate the new kernel
thread restriction.
Finally, a few other modifications were made in order to further
harden this code and facilitate testing. They include updating
each implementations operations structure to be declared as a
constant. And allowing "cycle" to be set when selecting the
preferred ops in the kernel as well as user space.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8754Closes#8793Closes#8965
Currently, sequential async write workloads spend a lot of time
contending on the dn_struct_rwlock. This lock is responsible for
protecting the entire block tree below it; this naturally results
in some serialization during heavy write workloads. This can be
resolved by having per-dbuf locking, which will allow multiple
writers in the same object at the same time.
We introduce a new rwlock, the db_rwlock. This lock is responsible
for protecting the contents of the dbuf that it is a part of; when
reading a block pointer from a dbuf, you hold the lock as a reader.
When writing data to a dbuf, you hold it as a writer. This allows
multiple threads to write to different parts of a file at the same
time.
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens matt@delphix.com
Reviewed by: George Wilson george.wilson@delphix.com
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-52564
External-issue: DLPX-53085
External-issue: DLPX-57384
Closes#8946
ZFS tracing efforts are hampered by the inability to access zfs static
probes(probes using DTRACE_PROBE macros). The probes are available via
tracepoints for GPL modules only. The build could be modified to
generate a function for each unique DTRACE_PROBE invocation. These could
be then accessed via kprobes.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Closes#8659Closes#8663
* zfs redact error messages do not end with newline character
* 30af21b0 inadvertently removed some ZFS_PROP comments
* man/zfs: zfs redact <redaction_snapshot> is not optional
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8988
When a volume is created in a pool with raidz vdevs and
volblocksize != 128k, the volume can reference more space than is
reserved with the automatically calculated refreservation. There
are two deficiencies in vol_volsize_to_reservation that contribute
to this:
1) Skip blocks may be added to keep each allocation a multiple
of parity + 1. This is the dominating factor when volblocksize
is close to 2^ashift.
2) raidz deflation for 128 KB blocks is different for most other
block sizes.
See "The theory of raidz space accounting" comment in
libzfs_dataset.c for a full explanation.
Authored by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Sanjay Nadkarni <sanjay.nadkarni@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Kody Kantor <kody.kantor@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Porting Notes:
* ZTS: wait for zvols to exist before writing
* ZTS: use log_must_busy with {zpool|zfs} destroy
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9318
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b73ccab0Closes#8973
DMU sync code calls taskq_dispatch() for each sublist of os_dirty_dnodes
and os_synced_dnodes. Since the number of sublists by default is equal
to number of CPUs, it will dispatch equal, potentially large, number of
tasks, waking up many CPUs to handle them, even if only one or few of
sublists actually have any work to do.
This change adds check for empty sublists to avoid this.
Reviewed by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#8909
With the addition of BP_EMBEDDED_TYPE_REDACTED in 30af21b0 a couple of
codepaths make wrong assumptions and could potentially result in errors.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8951
The "zfs remap" command was disabled by
6e91a72fe3, because it has little utility
and introduced some tricky bugs. This commit removes the code for it,
the associated ZFS_IOC_REMAP ioctl, and tests.
Note that the ioctl and property will remain, but have no functionality.
This allows older software to fail gracefully if it attempts to use
these, and avoids a backwards incompatibility that would be introduced if
we renumbered the later ioctls/props.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8944
Problem Statement
=================
ZFS Channel program scripts currently require a timeout, so that hung or
long-running scripts return a timeout error instead of causing ZFS to get
wedged. This limit can currently be set up to 100 million Lua instructions.
Even with a limit in place, it would be desirable to have a sys admin
(support engineer) be able to cancel a script that is taking a long time.
Proposed Solution
=================
Make it possible to abort a channel program by sending an interrupt signal.In
the underlying txg_wait_sync function, switch the cv_wait to a cv_wait_sig to
catch the signal. Once a signal is encountered, the dsl_sync_task function can
install a Lua hook that will get called before the Lua interpreter executes a
new line of code. The dsl_sync_task can resume with a standard txg_wait_sync
call and wait for the txg to complete. Meanwhile, the hook will abort the
script and indicate that the channel program was canceled. The kernel returns
a EINTR to indicate that the channel program run was canceled.
Porting notes: Added missing return value from cv_wait_sig()
Authored by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9425
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/d0cb1fb926Closes#8904
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#8945
When encryption was first added to ZFS, we made a decision to
prevent users from creating unencrypted children of encrypted
datasets. The idea was to prevent users from inadvertently
leaving some of their data unencrypted. However, since the
release of 0.8.0, some legitimate reasons have been brought up
for this behavior to be allowed. This patch simply removes this
limitation from all code paths that had checks for it and updates
the tests accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8737Closes#8870
If dedup is in use, the `dedupditto` property can be set, causing ZFS to
keep an extra copy of data that is referenced many times (>100x). The
idea was that this data is more important than other data and thus we
want to be really sure that it is not lost if the disk experiences a
small amount of random corruption.
ZFS (and system administrators) rely on the pool-level redundancy to
protect their data (e.g. mirroring or RAIDZ). Since the user/sysadmin
doesn't have control over what data will be offered extra redundancy by
dedupditto, this extra redundancy is not very useful. The bulk of the
data is still vulnerable to loss based on the pool-level redundancy.
For example, if particle strikes corrupt 0.1% of blocks, you will either
be saved by mirror/raidz, or you will be sad. This is true even if
dedupditto saved another 0.01% of blocks from being corrupted.
Therefore, the dedupditto functionality is rarely enabled (i.e. the
property is rarely set), and it fulfills its promise of increased
redundancy even more rarely.
Additionally, this feature does not work as advertised (on existing
releases), because scrub/resilver did not repair the extra (dedupditto)
copy (see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
In summary, this seldom-used feature doesn't work, and even if it did it
wouldn't provide useful data protection. It has a non-trivial
maintenance burden (again see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
We should remove the dedupditto functionality. For backwards
compatibility with the existing CLI, "zpool set dedupditto" will still
"succeed" (exit code zero), but won't have any effect. For backwards
compatibility with existing pools that had dedupditto enabled at some
point, the code will still be able to understand dedupditto blocks and
free them when appropriate. However, ZFS won't write any new dedupditto
blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Issue #8270Closes#8310
Redacted send/receive allows users to send subsets of their data to
a target system. One possible use case for this feature is to not
transmit sensitive information to a data warehousing, test/dev, or
analytics environment. Another is to save space by not replicating
unimportant data within a given dataset, for example in backup tools
like zrepl.
Redacted send/receive is a three-stage process. First, a clone (or
clones) is made of the snapshot to be sent to the target. In this
clone (or clones), all unnecessary or unwanted data is removed or
modified. This clone is then snapshotted to create the "redaction
snapshot" (or snapshots). Second, the new zfs redact command is used
to create a redaction bookmark. The redaction bookmark stores the
list of blocks in a snapshot that were modified by the redaction
snapshot(s). Finally, the redaction bookmark is passed as a parameter
to zfs send. When sending to the snapshot that was redacted, the
redaction bookmark is used to filter out blocks that contain sensitive
or unwanted information, and those blocks are not included in the send
stream. When sending from the redaction bookmark, the blocks it
contains are considered as candidate blocks in addition to those
blocks in the destination snapshot that were modified since the
creation_txg of the redaction bookmark. This step is necessary to
allow the target to rehydrate data in the case where some blocks are
accidentally or unnecessarily modified in the redaction snapshot.
The changes to bookmarks to enable fast space estimation involve
adding deadlists to bookmarks. There is also logic to manage the
life cycles of these deadlists.
The new size estimation process operates in cases where previously
an accurate estimate could not be provided. In those cases, a send
is performed where no data blocks are read, reducing the runtime
significantly and providing a byte-accurate size estimate.
Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zhakarov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#7958
`lz4_decompress_abd` is declared in zio_compress.h but it is not defined
anywhere. The declaration should be removed.
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-47477
Closes#8894
If the zfs_remove_max_segment tunable is changed to be not a multiple of
the sector size, then the device removal code will malfunction and try
to create mappings that are smaller than one sector, leading to a panic.
On debug bits this assertion will fail in spa_vdev_copy_segment():
ASSERT3U(DVA_GET_ASIZE(&dst), ==, size);
On nondebug, the system panics with a stack like:
metaslab_free_concrete()
metaslab_free_impl()
metaslab_free_impl_cb()
vdev_indirect_remap()
free_from_removing_vdev()
metaslab_free_impl()
metaslab_free_dva()
metaslab_free()
Fortunately, the default for zfs_remove_max_segment is 1MB, so this
can't occur by default. We hit it during this test because
removal_remap.ksh changes zfs_remove_max_segment to 1KB. When testing on
4KB-sector disks, we hit the bug.
This change makes the zfs_remove_max_segment tunable more robust,
automatically rounding it up to a multiple of the sector size. We also
turn some key assertions into VERIFY's so that similar bugs would be
caught before they are encoded on disk (and thus avoid a
panic-reboot-loop).
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-61342
Closes#8893
This change restricts filesystem creation if the given name
contains either '.' or '..'
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: TulsiJain <tulsi.jain@delphix.com>
Closes#8842Closes#8564
When iterating over a ZAP object, we're almost always certain to iterate
over the entire object. If there are multiple leaf blocks, we can
realize a performance win by issuing reads for all the leaf blocks in
parallel when the iteration begins.
For example, if we have 10,000 snapshots, "zfs destroy -nv
pool/fs@1%9999" can take 30 minutes when the cache is cold. This change
provides a >3x performance improvement, by issuing the reads for all ~64
blocks of each ZAP object in parallel.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-58347
Closes#8862
Scatter ABD's are allocated from a number of pages. In contrast to
linear ABD's, these pages are disjoint in the kernel's virtual address
space, so they can't be accessed as a contiguous buffer. Therefore
routines that need a linear buffer (e.g. abd_borrow_buf() and friends)
must allocate a separate linear buffer (with zio_buf_alloc()), and copy
the contents of the pages to/from the linear buffer. This can have a
measurable performance overhead on some workloads.
https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/commit/87c25d567fb7969b44c7d8af63990e
("abd_alloc should use scatter for >1K allocations") increased the use
of scatter ABD's, specifically switching 1.5K through 4K (inclusive)
buffers from linear to scatter. For workloads that access blocks whose
compressed sizes are in this range, that commit introduced an additional
copy into the read code path. For example, the
sequential_reads_arc_cached tests in the test suite were reduced by
around 5% (this is doing reads of 8K-logical blocks, compressed to 3K,
which are cached in the ARC).
This commit treats single-chunk scattered buffers as linear buffers,
because they are contiguous in the kernel's virtual address space.
All single-page (4K) ABD's can be represented this way. Some multi-page
ABD's can also be represented this way, if we were able to allocate a
single "chunk" (higher-order "page" which represents a power-of-2 series
of physically-contiguous pages). This is often the case for 2-page (8K)
ABD's.
Representing a single-entry scatter ABD as a linear ABD has the
performance advantage of avoiding the copy (and allocation) in
abd_borrow_buf_copy / abd_return_buf_copy. A performance increase of
around 5% has been observed for ARC-cached reads (of small blocks which
can take advantage of this), fixing the regression introduced by
87c25d567.
Note that this optimization is only possible because all physical memory
is always mapped into the kernel's address space. This is not the case
for HIGHMEM pages, so the optimization can not be made on 32-bit
systems.
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8580
We've observed that on some highly fragmented pools, most metaslab
allocations are small (~2-8KB), but there are some large, 128K
allocations. The large allocations are for ZIL blocks. If there is a
lot of fragmentation, the large allocations can be hard to satisfy.
The most common impact of this is that we need to check (and thus load)
lots of metaslabs from the ZIL allocation code path, causing sync writes
to wait for metaslabs to load, which can take a second or more. In the
worst case, we may not be able to satisfy the allocation, in which case
the ZIL will resort to txg_wait_synced() to ensure the change is on
disk.
To provide a workaround for this, this change adds a tunable that can
reduce the size of ZIL blocks.
External-issue: DLPX-61719
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8865
On large systems, the memory used by loaded metaslabs can become
a concern. While range trees are a fairly efficient data structure,
on heavily fragmented pools they can still consume a significant
amount of memory. This problem is amplified when we fail to unload
metaslabs that we aren't using. Currently, we only unload a metaslab
during metaslab_sync_done; in order for that function to be called
on a given metaslab in a given txg, we have to have dirtied that
metaslab in that txg. If the dirtying was the result of an allocation,
we wouldn't be unloading it (since it wouldn't be 8 txgs since it
was selected), so in effect we only unload a metaslab during txgs
where it's being freed from.
We move the unload logic from sync_done to a new function, and
call that function on all metaslabs in a given vdev during
vdev_sync_done().
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#8837
Per suggestion from @behlendorf in #8777, remove vn_set_fs_pwd() and
vn_set_pwd() which are only used in zfs_ioctl.c:_init() while loading
zfs.ko.
The rest of initialization functions being called here after cwd set
to / don't depend on cwd of the process except for spa_config_load().
spa_config_load() uses a relative path ".//etc/zfs/zpool.cache" when
`rootdir` is non-NULL, which is "/etc/zfs/zpool.cache" given cwd is /,
so just unconditionally use the absolute path without "./", so that
`vn_set_pwd("/")` as well as the entire functions can be removed.
This is also what FreeBSD does.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#8826
This commit just reintroduces a [space] character inadvertently removed
in a887d653.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8786
kstrtoul() exists only after torvalds/linux@33ee3b2e2e in 2.6.39.
Use strict_strtoul() if kstrtoul() doesn't exist.
Note that strict_strtoul() has existed as an alias for kstrtoul()
for a while, but removed in torvalds/linux@3db2e9cdc0.
It looks like RHEL6 (2.6.32 based) has backported kstrtoul(),
and this caused build CI to pass compilation test.
It should fail on vanilla < 2.6.39 kernels or distro kernels without
backport as reported in #8760.
--
# grep "kstrtoul(" /lib/modules/2.6.32-754.12.1.el6.x86_64/build/ \
include/linux/kernel.h >/dev/null
# echo $?
0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8760Closes#8761
In `config/kernel-timer.m4` refactor slightly to check more generally
for the new `timer_setup()` APIs, but also check the callback signature
because some kernels (notably 4.14) have the new `timer_setup()` API but
use the old callback signature. Also add a check for a `flags` member in
`struct timer_list`, which was added in 4.1-rc8.
Add compatibility shims to `include/spl/sys/timer.h` to allow using the
new timer APIs with the only two caveats being that the callback
argument type must be declared as `spl_timer_list_t` and an explicit
assignment is required to get the timer variable for the `timer_of()`
macro. So the callback would look like this:
```c
__cv_wakeup(spl_timer_list_t t)
{
struct timer_list *tmr = (struct timer_list *)t;
struct thing *parent = from_timer(parent, tmr,
parent_timer_field);
... /* do stuff with parent */
```
Make some minor changes to `spl-condvar.c` and `spl-taskq.c` to use the
new timer APIs instead of conditional code.
Reviewed-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Rafael Kitover <rkitover@gmail.com>
Closes#8647
Commit torvalds/linux@46ad0840b has removed the architecture specific
rwsem source and headers leaving only the generic version. As part
of this change the RWSEM_ACTIVE_READ_BIAS and RWSEM_ACTIVE_WRITE_BIAS
macros were moved to the private kernel/locking/rwsem.h header.
This results in a build failure because these macros were required
to implement the rw_tryupgrade() compatibility function.
In practice, this isn't a major problem because there are only a
few consumers of rw_tryupgrade() and because consumers of rw_tryupgrade
should be written to retry using rw_enter(RW_WRITER).
After auditing all of the callers only dmu_zfetch() was determined
not to perform a retry. It has been updated in this commit to
resolve this issue.
That said, the rw_tryupgrade() functionality should be considered
for possible removal in a future release due to the difficultly
in supporting the interface.
Reviewed-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8730
When an import requires a long MMP activity check, or when the user
requests pool recovery, the import make take a long time. The user may
not know why, or be able to tell whether the import is progressing or is
hung.
Add a kstat which lists all imports currently being processed by the
kernel (currently only one at a time is possible, but the kstat allows
for more than one). The kstat is /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/import_progress.
The kstat contents are as follows:
pool_guid load_state multihost_secs max_txg pool_name
16667015954387398 3 15 0 tank3
load_state: the value of spa_load_state
multihost_secs: seconds until the end of the multihost activity
check; if over, or none required, this is 0
max_txg: current spa_load_max_txg, if rewind is occurring
This could be used by outside tools, such as a pacemaker resource agent,
to report import progress, or as a part of manual troubleshooting. The
zpool import subcommand could also be modified to report this
information.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8696
When receiving a DRR_OBJECT record the receive_object() function
needs to determine how to handle a spill block associated with the
object. It may need to be removed or kept depending on how the
object was modified at the source.
This determination is currently accomplished using a heuristic which
takes in to account the DRR_OBJECT record and the existing object
properties. This is a problem because there isn't quite enough
information available to do the right thing under all circumstances.
For example, when only the block size changes the spill block is
removed when it should be kept.
What's needed to resolve this is an additional flag in the DRR_OBJECT
which indicates if the object being received references a spill block.
The DRR_OBJECT_SPILL flag was added for this purpose. When set then
the object references a spill block and it must be kept. Either
it is update to date, or it will be replaced by a subsequent DRR_SPILL
record. Conversely, if the object being received doesn't reference
a spill block then any existing spill block should always be removed.
Since previous versions of ZFS do not understand this new flag
additional DRR_SPILL records will be inserted in to the stream.
This has the advantage of being fully backward compatible. Existing
ZFS systems receiving this stream will recreate the spill block if
it was incorrectly removed. Updated ZFS versions will correctly
ignore the additional spill blocks which can be identified by
checking for the DRR_SPILL_UNMODIFIED flag.
The small downside to this approach is that is may increase the size
of the stream and of the received snapshot on previous versions of
ZFS. Additionally, when receiving streams generated by previous
unpatched versions of ZFS spill blocks may still be lost.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9952
FreeBSD-issue: https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=233277
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8668
`zfs set atime|relatime=off|on` doesn't disable or enable the property
on read for datasets whose property was inherited from parent, until
a dataset is once unmounted and mounted again.
(The properties start to work properly if a dataset is once unmounted
and mounted again. The difference comes from regular mount process,
e.g. via zpool import, uses mount options based on properties read
from ondisk layout for each dataset, whereas
`zfs set atime|relatime=off|on` just remounts a specified dataset.)
--
# zpool create p1 <device>
# zfs create p1/f1
# zfs set atime=off p1
# echo test > /p1/f1/test
# sync
# zfs list
NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT
p1 176K 18.9G 25.5K /p1
p1/f1 26K 18.9G 26K /p1/f1
# zfs get atime
NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE
p1 atime off local
p1/f1 atime off inherited from p1
# stat /p1/f1/test | grep Access | tail -1
Access: 2019-04-26 23:32:33.741205192 +0900
# cat /p1/f1/test
test
# stat /p1/f1/test | grep Access | tail -1
Access: 2019-04-26 23:32:50.173231861 +0900
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ changed by read(2)
--
The problem is that zfsvfs::z_atime which was probably intended to keep
incore atime state just gets updated by a callback function of "atime"
property change, atime_changed_cb(), and never used for anything else.
Since now that all file read and atime update use a common function
zpl_iter_read_common() -> file_accessed(), and whether to update atime
via ->dirty_inode() is determined by atime_needs_update(),
atime_needs_update() needs to return false once atime is turned off.
It currently continues to return true on `zfs set atime=off`.
Fix atime_changed_cb() by setting or dropping SB_NOATIME in VFS super
block depending on a new atime value, so that atime_needs_update() works
as expected after property change.
The same problem applies to "relatime" except that a self contained
relatime test is needed. This is because relatime_need_update() is based
on a mount option flag MNT_RELATIME, which doesn't exist in datasets
with inherited "relatime" property via `zfs set relatime=...`, hence it
needs its own relatime test zfs_relatime_need_update().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8674Closes#8675
Linux kernel commit 54d50897d544c874562253e2a8f70dfcad22afe8
"linux/kernel.h: split *_MAX and *_MIN macros into <linux/limits.h>"
which first appeared in 5.1 has moved several macros from
<linux/kernel.h> to <linux/limits.h>. This broke compilation due to
header inclusion order against the local header include/spl/sys/types.h
which also defines ULLONG_MAX and LLONG_MAX if undefined.
It looks like local ULLONG_MAX and LLONG_MAX were never needed
(or after spl integration ?) as <linux/kernel.h> has had the same
definitions since an upstream commit
111ebb6e6f7bd7de6d722c5848e95621f43700d9 in 2.6.18, so drop them.
--
linux/include/linux/limits.h:17: error: "LLONG_MAX" redefined [-Werror]
#define LLONG_MAX ((long long)(~0ULL >> 1))
zfs/include/spl/sys/types.h:35: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define LLONG_MAX ((long long)(~0ULL>>1))
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8714
Linux kernel commit ca79b0c211af63fa3276f0e3fd7dd9ada2439839
"mm: convert totalram_pages and totalhigh_pages variables to atomic"
replaced `totalhigh_pages` with an inline function `totalhigh_pages()`.
This broke compilation on IA32, etc, as ZoL uses `totalhigh_pages`
on archs with highmem. Confirmed on Fedora 30 (5.0.9-301.fc30.i686).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8677Closes#8701
The 'zpool resilver' command requires that the resilver_defer
feature is active on the pool. Unfortunately, the check for
this was left out of the original patch. This commit simply
corrects this so that the command properly returns an error
in this case.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8700
This comment seems to misunderstand the ## preprocessor token, which
does token concatenation. It is not needed here, since we are
concatenating string literals, which is performed by putting the
literals next to each other.
Additionally, the comment uses offensive language.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8698Closes#8699
Add the 'zfs version' and 'zpool version' subcommands to display
the version of the user space utilities and loaded zfs kernel
module. For example:
$ zfs version
zfs-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
zfs-kmod-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
The '-V' and '--version' aliases were added to support the
common convention of using 'zfs --version` to obtain the version
information.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: TerraTech <1118433+TerraTech@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#2501Closes#8567
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
Nobody is going to be bumping SPA_VERSION again, as OpenZFS has moved on
to feature flags. Also, there is no requirement to keep GRUB
up-to-date, nor has that been happening.
The ZPL_VERSION could be bumped, but that would likely be handled in a
similar way, by adding filesystem feature flags. In any event, we do
not need this comment, and we certainly don't need a reference to the
GRUB 0.97 source code in a Solaris tree.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
d12614521a("Fixes for procfs files backed by linked lists")
uses PDE_DATA(), but since PDE_DATA() (public interface which
replaced old public interface PDE()) first appeared in upstream
kernel 3.10, it lacks visible local definition for kernel < 3.10.
Move the local PDE_DATA() definition to a ZoL header, to unbreak
build on kernel < 3.10.
--
module/spl/spl-procfs-list.c: In function 'procfs_list_open':
module/spl/spl-procfs-list.c:166: error: implicit declaration of function 'PDE_DATA'
module/spl/spl-procfs-list.c:166: warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8599
There are several places where we use zfs_dbgmsg and %p to
print pointers. In the Linux kernel, these values obfuscated
to prevent information leaks which means the pointers aren't
very useful for debugging crash dumps. We decided to restrict
the permissions of dbgmsg (and some other kstats while we were
at it) and print pointers with %px in zfs_dbgmsg as well as
spl_dumpstack
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: sara hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Closes#8467Closes#8476
UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help
prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other
SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for
sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can
often more efficiently manage itself.
This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize`
feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the
pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate()
code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per-
vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for
a consistent user experience. The core difference is that
instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands
for those extents.
The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new
ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes
is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls
to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are
handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs.
This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline,
one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size
limit since they contain no data.
In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background
automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim'
property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the
manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a
metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept
per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the
ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The
ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim
thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs.
Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small
there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This
may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time
was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual
`zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic
TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8419Closes#598
ZFS supports O_RSYNC for read operations and when specified will ensure
the same level of data integrity that O_DSYNC and O_SYNC provides for
writes. O_RSYNC by itself has no effect so it must be combined with
either O_DSYNC or O_SYNC. However, many platforms don't support O_RSYNC
and have mapped O_SYNC to mean O_RSYNC within ZFS. This is incorrect
and causes unnecessary calls to zil_commit. Only platforms which
support O_RSYNC should implement the zil_commit functionality in the
read code path.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Closes#8523
When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes
include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the
duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information.
If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported,
the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does
not depend on ub_mmp_delay:
zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval
and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such
well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether
mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large
zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool.
As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than
is necessary.
This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to
record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals
values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity
test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations.
These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records.
It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on
whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with
only ub_mmp_delay, it uses
(zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals
Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf
count.
In addition, it makes a few other improvements:
* It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes
in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP
on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited
to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second).
* It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed
so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible.
* It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results
in immediate pool suspension.
* Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded
tunable values, not tunable values on importing host.
* Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid
MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number),
that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match
tunable settings.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7842
Currently, there is an issue in the sequential scrub code which
prevents self healing from working in some cases. The scrub code
will split up all DVA copies of a bp and issue each of them
separately. The problem is that, since each of the DVAs is no
longer associated with the others, the self healing code doesn't
have the opportunity to repair problems that show up in one of the
DVAs with the data from the others.
This patch fixes this issue by ensuring that all IOs issued by the
sequential scrub code include all DVAs. Initially, only the first
DVA of each is attempted. If an issue arises, the IO is retried
with all available copies, giving the self healing code a chance
to correct the issue.
To test this change, this patch also adds the ability for zinject
to specify individual DVAs to inject read errors into. We then
add a new test case that utilizes this functionality to ensure
scrubs and self-healing reads can handle and transparently fix
issues with individual copies of blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8453
Currently, there is an issue in the raw receive code where
raw receives are allowed to happen on top of previously
non-raw received datasets. This is a problem because the
source-side dataset doesn't know about how the blocks on
the destination were encrypted. As a result, any MAC in
the objset's checksum-of-MACs tree that is a parent of both
blocks encrypted on the source and blocks encrypted by the
destination will be incorrect. This will result in
authentication errors when we decrypt the dataset.
This patch fixes this issue by adding a new check to the
raw receive code. The code now maintains an "IVset guid",
which acts as an identifier for the set of IVs used to
encrypt a given snapshot. When a snapshot is raw received,
the destination snapshot will take this value from the
DRR_BEGIN payload. Non-raw receives and normal "zfs snap"
operations will cause ZFS to generate a new IVset guid.
When a raw incremental stream is received, ZFS will check
that the "from" IVset guid in the stream matches that of
the "from" destination snapshot. If they do not match, the
code will error out the receive, preventing the problem.
This patch requires an on-disk format change to add the
IVset guids to snapshots and bookmarks. As a result, this
patch has errata handling and a tunable to help affected
users resolve the issue with as little interruption as
possible.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8308
This patch adds the bookmark v2 feature to the on-disk format. This
feature will be needed for the upcoming redacted sends and for an
upcoming fix that for raw receives. The feature is not currently
used by any code and thus this change is a no-op, aside from the
fact that the user can now enable the feature.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Issue #8308
Currently, the receive code can create an unreadable dataset from
a correct raw send stream. This is because it is currently
impossible to set maxblkid to a lower value without freeing the
associated object. This means truncating files on the send side
to a non-0 size could result in corruption. This patch solves this
issue by adding a new 'force' flag to dnode_new_blkid() which will
allow the raw receive code to force the DMU to accept the provided
maxblkid even if it is a lower value than the existing one.
For testing purposes the send_encrypted_files.ksh test has been
extended to include a variety of truncated files and multiple
snapshots. It also now leverages the xattrtest command to help
ensure raw receives correctly handle xattrs.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8168Closes#8487
By default, when multihost is enabled for a pool, the pool is
suspended if (zfs_multihost_fail_intervals*zfs_multihost_interval) ms
pass without a successful MMP write. This is the recommended
configuration.
The default value for zfs_multihost_fail_intervals has been 5, and the
default value for zfs_multihost_interval has been 1000, so pool
suspension occurred at 5 seconds.
There have been multiple cases where a single misbehaving device in a
pool triggered a SCSI reset, and all I/O paused for 5-6 seconds. This
in turn caused MMP to suspend the pool.
In the cases observed, the rest of the devices were healthy and the
pool was otherwise correctly performing I/O. The reset was handled
correctly by ZFS, and by suspending the pool MMP made replacing the
device more difficult as well as forcing the host to be rebooted.
Increase the default value of zfs_multihost_fail_intervals to 10, so
that MMP tolerates up to 10 seconds of failed MMP writes before
suspending the pool.
Increase the default value of zfs_multihost_import_intervals to 20, to
maintain the 2:1 safety factor. This results in a force import taking
approximately 20 seconds when MMP is enabled, with default values.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7709Closes#8495
This patch modifies the zfs_ioc_snapshot_list_next() ioctl to enable it
to take input parameters that alter the way looping through the list of
snapshots is performed. The idea here is to restrict functions that
throw away some of the snapshots returned by the ioctl to a range of
snapshots that these functions actually use. This improves efficiency
and execution speed for some rollback and send operations.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#8077
Instead of choosing a leaf vdev quasi-randomly, by starting at the root
vdev and randomly choosing children, rotate over leaves to issue MMP
writes. This fixes an issue in a pool whose top-level vdevs have
different numbers of leaves.
The issue is that the frequency at which individual leaves are chosen
for MMP writes is based not on the total number of leaves but based on
how many siblings the leaves have.
For example, in a pool like this:
root-vdev
+------+---------------+
vdev1 vdev2
| |
| +------+-----+-----+----+
disk1 disk2 disk3 disk4 disk5 disk6
vdev1 and vdev2 will each be chosen 50% of the time. Every time vdev1
is chosen, disk1 will be chosen. However, every time vdev2 is chosen,
disk2 is chosen 20% of the time. As a result, disk1 will be sent 5x as
many MMP writes as disk2.
This may create wear issues in the case of SSDs. It also reduces the
effectiveness of MMP as it depends on the writes being evenly
distributed for the case where some devices fail or are partitioned.
The new code maintains a list of leaf vdevs in the pool. MMP records
the last leaf used for an MMP write in mmp->mmp_last_leaf. To choose
the next leaf, MMP starts at mmp->mmp_last_leaf and traverses the list,
continuing from the head if the tail is reached. It stops when a
suitable leaf is found or all leaves have been examined.
Added a test to verify MMP write distribution is even.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7953
This patch fixes a few issues when detecting which kernel_fpu functions
are available.
- Use kernel_fpu_begin() if it's exported on newer kernels.
- Use ZFS_LINUX_TRY_COMPILE_SYMBOL() to choose the right kernel_fpu
function when using --enable-linux-builtin.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8259Closes#8363
The function bpobj_iterate_impl overflows the stack when bpobjs
are deeply nested. Rewrite the function to eliminate the recursion.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7674Closes#7675Closes#7908
Soft lockups could happen when multiple threads trying
to get zrl on the same dnode handle in order to allocate
and initialize the dnode marked as DN_SLOT_ALLOCATED.
Don't loop from beginning when we can't get zrl, otherwise
we would increase the zrl refcount and nobody can actually
lock it.
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Li Dongyang <dongyangli@ddn.com>
Closes#8433
This patch introduces 3 new histograms per metaslab. These
histograms track segments that have made it to the metaslab's
space map histogram (and are part of the spacemap) but have
not yet reached the ms_allocatable tree on loaded metaslab's
because these metaslab's are currently syncing and haven't
gone through metaslab_sync_done() yet.
The histograms help when we decide whether to load an unloaded
metaslab in-order to allocate from it. When calculating the
weight of an unloaded metaslab traditionally, we look at the
highest bucket of its spacemap's histogram. The problem is
that we are not guaranteed to be able to allocated that
segment when we load the metaslab because it may still be at
the freeing, freed, or defer trees. The new histograms are
used when we try to calculate an unloaded metaslab's weight
to deal with this issue by removing segments that have would
not be in the allocatable tree at runtime. Note, that this
method of dealing with this is not completely accurate as
adjacent segments are not always consolidated in the space
map histogram of a metaslab.
In addition and to make things deterministic, we always reset
the weight of unloaded metaslabs based on their space map
weight (instead of doing that on a need basis). Thus, every
time a metaslab is loaded and its weight is reset again (from
the weight based on its space map to the one based on its
allocatable range tree) we expect (and assert) that this
change in weight can only get better if it doesn't stay the
same.
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8358
Add -h switch to zfs send command to send dataset holds. If
holds are present in the stream, zfs receive will create them
on the target dataset, unless the zfs receive -h option is used
to skip receive of holds.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7513
The 4.20 kernel changed the meaning of the rw_semaphore.owner bits,
causing an assertion when loading the module under the 4.20 kernel.
This patch fixes the issue.
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8360Closes#8389
This patch is an async implementation of the existing sync
zfs_unlinked_drain() function. This function is called at mount time and
is responsible for freeing znodes that we didn't get to freeing before.
We don't have to hold mounting of the dataset until the unlinked list is
fully drained as is done now. Since we can process the unlinked set
asynchronously this results in a better user experience when mounting a
dataset with entries in the unlinked set.
Reviewed by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#8142
Initially, metaslabs and space maps used to be the same thing
in ZFS. Later, we started differentiating them by referring
to the space map as the on-disk state of the metaslab, making
the metaslab a higher-level concept that is metadata that deals
with space accounting. Today we've managed to split that code
furthermore, with the space map being its own on-disk data
structure used in areas of ZFS besides metaslabs (e.g. the
vdev-wide space maps used for zpool checkpoint or vdev removal
features).
This patch refactors the space map code to further split the
space map code from the metaslab code. It does so by getting
rid of the idea that the space map can have a different in-core
and on-disk length (sm_length vs smp_length) which is something
that is only used for the metaslab code, and other consumers
of space maps just have to deal with. Instead, this patch
introduces changes that move the old in-core length of the
metaslab's space map to the metaslab structure itself (see
ms_synced_length field) while making the space map code only
care about the actual space map's length on-disk.
The result of this is that space map consumers no longer have
to deal with syncing two different lengths for the same
structure (e.g. space_map_update() goes away) while metaslab
specific behavior stays within the metaslab code. Specifically,
the ms_synced_length field keeps track of the amount of data
metaslab_load() can read from the metaslab's space map while
working concurrently with metaslab_sync() that may be
appending to that same space map.
As a side note, the patch also adds a few comments around
the metaslab code documenting some assumptions and expected
behavior.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8328
zfs create, receive and rename can bypass this hierarchy rule. Update
both userland and kernel module to prevent this issue and use pyzfs
unit tests to exercise the ioctls directly.
Note: this commit slightly changes zfs_ioc_create() ABI. This allow to
differentiate a generic error (EINVAL) from the specific case where we
tried to create a dataset below a ZVOL (ZFS_ERR_WRONG_PARENT).
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
The 5.0 kernel no longer exports the functions we need to do vector
(SSE/SSE2/SSE3/AVX...) instructions. Disable vector-based checksum
algorithms when building against those kernels.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8259
totalram_pages() was converted to an atomic variable in 5.0:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10652795/
Its value should now be read though the totalram_pages() helper
function.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8263
access_ok no longer needs a 'type' parameter in the 5.0 kernel.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8261
Newer kernels remove current_kernel_time64(). Use
ktime_get_coarse_real_ts64() in its place.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8258
The range_tree_verify function looks for a segment in a
range tree and panics if the segment is present on the
tree. This patch gives the function a more descriptive
name.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8327
Most callers that need to operate on a loaded metaslab, always
call metaslab_load_wait() before loading the metaslab just in
case someone else is already doing the work.
Factoring metaslab_load_wait() within metaslab_load() makes the
later more robust, as callers won't have to do the load-wait
check explicitly every time they need to load a metaslab.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8290
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8299
Currently, the functions dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done() and
dmu_assign_arcbuf_by_dnode() assume that dbuf_hold_level() cannot
fail. In the event of an error the former will cause a NULL pointer
dereference and the later will trigger a VERIFY. This patch adds
error handling to these functions and their callers where necessary.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8291
The following fields from the vdev_t struct are not used anywhere.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8285
Adds a new lock for serializing operations on zthrs.
The commit also includes some code cleanup and
refactoring.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8229
Object allocation performance can be improved for complex operations
by providing an interface which returns the newly allocated dnode.
This allows the caller to immediately use the dnode without incurring
the expense of looking up the dnode by object number.
The functions dmu_object_alloc_hold(), zap_create_hold(), and
dmu_bonus_hold_by_dnode() were added for this purpose.
The zap_create_* functions have been updated to take advantage of
this new functionality. The dmu_bonus_hold_impl() function should
really have never been included in sys/dmu.h and was removed.
It's sole caller was converted to use dmu_bonus_hold_by_dnode().
The new symbols have been exported for use by Lustre.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8015
PROBLEM
========
When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will
create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does
this serially across many transaction groups which can result
in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may
appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel
the operation.
SOLUTION
=========
This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface
to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few
transaction groups.
When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it
in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread
that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled
wait for them to exit.
On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize
stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason
for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on
multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped.
This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed
"initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided
input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all
values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in
order to keep all of these checks in a single location.
Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used
for all other new sytle ioctls.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Closes#8230
PROBLEM
========
The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms
(e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are
"thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can
create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or
adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is
omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN
have been written.
SOLUTION
=========
This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the
background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty.
When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately,
and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with
concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out
something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme
can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the
vdev). Detailed design:
- new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...]
- start, suspend, or cancel initialization
- Creates new open-context thread for each vdev
- Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev
- Each metaslab:
- select a metaslab
- load the metaslab
- mark the metaslab as being zeroed
- walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate
them to ranges on the leaf vdev
- issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to
a free range on the metaslab we're working on
- continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been
"zeroed"
- reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed
- if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks.
- if no more metaslabs, then we're done.
- progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s
leaf zap object. The following information is stored:
- the last offset that has been initialized
- the state of the initialization process (i.e. active,
suspended, or canceled)
- the start time for the initialization
- progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows
information for each of the vdevs that are initializing
Porting notes:
- Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern
written by "zpool initialize".
- Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210ebCloses#8230
When MMP was merged the status codes in libzfs_status were not
updated to add the status code for ZPOOL_STATUS_IO_FAILURE_MMP. This
commit corrects this and adds comments to help keep track of which
code is used for which status.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#8148Closes#8222
